summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/63752-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/63752-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/63752-0.txt9273
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 9273 deletions
diff --git a/old/63752-0.txt b/old/63752-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cef739..0000000
--- a/old/63752-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9273 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Frank Merriwell on the Boulevards, by Burt L
-Standish
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this ebook.
-
-Title: Frank Merriwell on the Boulevards
- Astonishing the Europeans
-
-Author: Burt L Standish
-
-Release Date: December 05, 2020 [EBook #63752]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: David Edwards, Barry Abrahamsen, and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRANK MERRIWELL ON THE
-BOULEVARDS ***
-
-
- THE MEDAL LIBRARY
-
- FAMOUS COPYRIGHTED STORIES
- FOR BOYS, BY FAMOUS AUTHORS
-
-
-This is an ideal line for boys of all ages. It contains juvenile
-masterpieces by the most popular writers of interesting fiction for
-boys. Among these may be mentioned the works of Burt L. Standish,
-detailing the adventures of Frank Merriwell, the hero, of whom every
-American boy has read with admiration. Frank is a truly representative
-American lad, full of character and a strong determination to do right
-at any cost. Then, there are the works of Horatio Alger, Jr., whose keen
-insight into the minds of the boys of our country has enabled him to
-write a series of the most interesting tales ever published. This line
-also contains some of the best works of Oliver Optic, another author
-whose entire life was devoted to writing books that would tend to
-interest and elevate our boys.
-
-
- PUBLISHED EVERY WEEK
-
- -------------------------------------------
-
-
- To be Published During December
-
- 339—In School and Out By Oliver Optic
-
- 338—A Cousin’s Conspiracy By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 337—Jack Harkaway After By Bracebridge Hemyng
- Schooldays
-
- 336—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Great Scheme
-
-
- To be Published During November
-
- 335—The Haunted Hunter By Edward S. Ellis
-
- 334—Tony, the Tramp By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 333—Rich and Humble By Oliver Optic
-
- 332—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Stage Hit
-
- 331—The Hidden City By Walter MacDougall
-
- 330—Bob Burton By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 329—Masterman Ready By Capt. Marryat
-
- 328—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Prosperity
-
- 327—Jack Harkaway’s By Bracebridge Hemyng
- Friends
-
- 326—The Tin Box By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 325—The Young By G. A. Henty
- Franc-Tireurs
-
- 324—Frank Merriwell’s New By Burt L. Standish
- Comedian
-
- 323—The Sheik’s White By Raymond Raife
- Slave
-
- 322—Helping Himself By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 321—Snarleyyow, The Dog By Capt. Marryat
- Fiend
-
- 320—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Fortune
-
- 319—By Right of Conquest By G. A. Henty
-
- 318—Jed, the Poorhouse By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- Boy
-
- 317—Jack Harkaway’s By Bracebridge Hemyng
- Schooldays
-
- 316—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Problem
-
- 315—The Diamond Seeker of By Leon Lewis
- Brazil
-
- 314—Andy Gordon By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 313—The Phantom Ship By Capt. Marryat
-
- 312—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- College Chums
-
- 311—Whistler By Walter Aimwell
-
- 310—Making His Way By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 309—Three Years at By A Wolvertonian
- Wolverton
-
- 308—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Fame
-
- 307—The Boy Crusoes By Jeffreys Taylor
-
- 306—Chester Rand By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 305—Japhet in Search of a By Capt. Marryat
- Father
-
- 304—Frank Merriwell’s Own By Burt L. Standish
- Company
-
- 303—The Prairie By J. Fenimore Cooper
-
- 302—The Young Salesman By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 301—A Battle and a Boy By Blanche Willis Howard
-
- 300—Frank Merriwell on By Burt L. Standish
- the Road
-
- 299—Mart Satterlee Among By William O. Stoddard
- the Indians
-
- 298—Andy Grant’s Pluck By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 297—Newton Forster By Capt. Marryat
-
- 296—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Protege
-
- 295—Cris Rock By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 294—Sam’s Chance By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 293—My Plucky Boy Tom By Edward S. Ellis
-
- 292—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Hard Luck
-
- 291—By Pike and Dyke By G. A. Henty
-
- 290—Shifting For Himself By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 289—The Pirate and the By Capt. Marryat
- Three Cutters
-
- 288—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Opportunity
-
- 287—Kit Carson’s Last By Leon Lewis
- Trail
-
- 286—Jack’s Ward By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 285—Jack Darcy, the All By Edward S. Ellis
- Around Athlete
-
- 284—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- First Job
-
- 283—Wild Adventures Round By Gordon Stables
- the Pole
-
- 282—Herbert Carter’s By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- Legacy
-
- 281—Rattlin, the Reefer By Capt. Marryat
-
- 280—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Struggle
-
- 279—Mark Dale’s Stage By Arthur M. Winfield
- Venture
-
- 278—In Times of Peril By G. A. Henty
-
- 277—In a New World By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 276—Frank Merriwell in By Burt L. Standish
- Maine
-
- 275—The King of the By Henry Harrison Lewis
- Island
-
- 274—Beach Boy Joe By Lieut. James K. Ortón
-
- 273—Jacob Faithful By Capt. Marryat
-
- 272—Facing the World By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 271—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Chase
-
- 270—Wing and Wing By J. Fenimore Cooper
-
- 269—The Young Bank Clerk By Arthur M. Winfield
-
- 268—Do and Dare By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 267—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Cruise
-
- 266—The Young Castaways By Leon Lewis
-
- 265—The Lion of St. Mark By G. A. Henty
-
- 264—Hector’s Inheritance By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 263—Mr. Midshipman Easy By Captain Marryat
-
- 262—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Vacation
-
- 261—The Pilot By J. Fenimore Cooper
-
- 260—Driven From Home By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 259—Sword and Pen By Henry Harrison Lewis
-
- 258—Frank Merriwell In By Burt L. Standish
- Camp
-
- 257—Jerry By Walter Aimwell
-
- 256—The Young Ranchman By Lieut. Lounsberry
-
- 255—Captain Bayley’s Heir By G. A. Henty
-
- 254—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Loyalty
-
- 253—The Water Witch By J. Fenimore Cooper
-
- 252—Luke Walton By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 251—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Banger
-
- 250—Neka, the Boy By Capt. Ralph Bonehill
- Conjurer
-
- 249—The Young Bridge By Arthur M. Winfield
- Tender
-
- 248—The West Point Rivals By Lieut. Frederick
- Garrison, U. S. A.
-
- 247—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Secret
-
- 246—Rob Ranger’s Cowboy By Lieut. Lionel
- Days Lounsberry
-
- 245—The Red Rover By J. Fenimore Cooper
-
- 244—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Return to Yale
-
- 243—Adrift in New York By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 242—The Rival Canoe Boys By St. George Rathborne
-
- 241—The Tour of the Zero By Capt. R. Bonehill
- Club
-
- 240—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Champions
-
- 239—The Two Admirals By J. Fenimore Cooper
-
- 238—A Cadet’s Honor By Lieut. Fred’k
- Garrison, U. S. A.
-
- 237—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Skill
-
- 236—Rob Ranger’s Mine By Lieut. Lounsberry
-
- 235—The Young By G. A. Henty
- Carthaginian
-
- 234—The Store Boy By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 233—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Athletes
-
- 232—The Valley of Mystery By Henry Harrison Lewis
-
- 231—Paddling Under By St. George Rathborne
- Palmettos
-
- 230—Off for West Point By Lieut. Fred’k
- Garrison, U. S. A.
-
- 229—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Daring
-
- 228—The Cash Boy By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 227—In Freedom’s Cause By G. A. Henty
-
- 226—Tom Havens With the By Lieut. James K. Orton
- White Squadron
-
- 225—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Courage
-
- 224—Yankee Boys in Japan By Henry Harrison Lewis
-
- 223—In Fort and Prison By William Murray Graydon
-
- 222—A West Point Treasure By Lieut. Frederick
- Garrison, U. S. A.
-
- 221—The Young Outlaw By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 220—The Gulf Cruisers By St. George Rathborne
-
- 219—Tom Truxton’s Ocean By Lieut. Lounsberry
- Trip
-
- 218—Tom Truxton’s School By Lieut. Lounsberry
- Days
-
- 217—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Bicycle Tour
-
- 216—Campaigning With By Wm. Murray Graydon
- Braddock
-
- 215—With Clive in India By G. A. Henty
-
- 214—On Guard By Lieut. Frederick
- Garrison, U. S. A.
-
- 213—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Races
-
- 212—Julius, the Street By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- Boy
-
- 211—Buck Badger’s Ranch By Russell Williams
-
- 210—Sturdy and Strong By G. A. Henty
-
- 209—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Sports Afield
-
- 208—The Treasure of the By Lieut. Lionel
- Golden Crater Lounsberry
-
- 207—Shifting Winds By St. George Rathborne
-
- 206—Jungles and Traitors By Wm. Murray Graydon
-
- 205—Frank Merriwell at By Burt L. Standish
- Yale
-
- 204—Under Drake’s Flag By G. A. Henty
-
- 203—Last Chance Mine By Lieut. James K. Orton
-
- 202—Risen From the Ranks By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 201—Frank Merriwell in By Burt L. Standish
- Europe
-
- 200—The Fight for a By Frank Merriwell
- Pennant
-
- 199—The Golden Cañon By G. A. Henty
-
- 198—Only an Irish Boy By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 197—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Hunting Tour
-
- 196—Zip, the Acrobat By Victor St. Clair
-
- 195—The Lion of the North By G. A. Henty
-
- 194—The White Mustang By Edward S. Ellis
-
- 193—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Bravery
-
- 192—Tom, the Bootblack By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 191—The Rivals of the By Russell Williams
- Diamond
-
- 190—The Cat of Bubastes By G. A. Henty
-
- 189—Frank Merriwell Down By Burt L. Standish
- South
-
- 188—From Street to By Frank H. Stauffer
- Mansion
-
- 187—Bound to Rise By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 186—On the Trail of By Edward S. Ellis
- Geronimo
-
- 185—For the Temple By G. A. Henty
-
- 184—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish.
- Trip West
-
- 183—The Diamond Hunters By James Grant
-
- 182—The Camp in the Snow By William Murray Graydon
-
- 181—Brave and Bold By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 180—One of the 28th By G. A. Henty
-
- 178—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Foes
-
- 177—The White Elephant By William Dalton
-
- 176—By England’s Aid By G. A. Henty
-
- 175—Strive and Succeed By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 173—Life at Sea By Gordon Stables
-
- 172—The Young Midshipman By G. A. Henty
-
- 171—Erling the Bold By R. M. Ballantyne
-
- 170—Strong and Steady By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 169—Peter, the Whaler By W. H. G. Kingston
-
- 168—Among Malay Pirates By G. A. Henty
-
- 167—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- Chums
-
- 166—Try and Trust By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 165—The Secret Chart By Lieut. James K. Orton
-
- 164—The Cornet of Horse By G. A. Henty
-
- 163—Slow and Sure By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 162—The Pioneers By J. F. Cooper
-
- 161—Reuben Green’s By James Otis
- Adventures at Yale
-
- 160—Little by Little By Oliver Optic
-
- 159—Phil, the Fiddler By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 158—With Lee in Virginia By G. A. Henty
-
- 157—Randy, the Pilot By Lieut. Lionel
- Lounsberry
-
- 156—The Pathfinder By J. F. Cooper
-
- 155—The Young Voyagers By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 154—Paul, the Peddler By Horatio Alger. Jr.
-
- 153—Bonnie Prince Charlie By G. A. Henty
-
- 152—The Last of the By J. Fenimore Cooper
- Mohicans
-
- 151—The Flag of Distress By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 150—Frank Merriwell’s By Burt L. Standish
- School Days
-
- 149—With Wolfe in Canada By G. A. Henty
-
- 148—The Deerslayer By J. F. Cooper
-
- 147—The Cliff Climbers By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 146—Uncle Nat By A. Oldfellow
-
- 145—Friends Though By G. A. Henty
- Divided
-
- 144—The Boy Tar By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 143—Hendricks, the Hunter By W. H. G. Kingston
-
- 142—The Young Explorer By Gordon Stables
-
- 141—The Ocean Waifs By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 140—The Young Buglers By G. A. Henty
-
- 139—Shore and Ocean By W. H. G. Kingston
-
- 138—Striving for Fortune By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 137—The Bush Boys By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 136—From Pole to Pole By Gordon Stables
-
- 135—Dick Cheveley By W. H. G. Kingston
-
- 134—Orange and Green By G. A. Henty
-
- 133—The Young Yagers By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 132—The Adventures of Rob By James Grant
- Roy
-
- 131—The Boy Slaves By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 130—From Canal Boy to By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- President
-
- 129—Ran Away to Sea By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 128—For Name and Fame By G. A. Henty
-
- 127—The Forest Exiles By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 126—From Powder Monkey to By W. H. G. Kingston
- Admiral
-
- 125—The Plant Hunters By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 124—St. George for By G. A. Henty
- England
-
- 123—The Giraffe Hunters By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 122—Tom Brace By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 121—Peter Trawl By W. H. G. Kingston
-
- 120—In the Wilds of New By G. Manville Fenn
- Mexico
-
- 119—A Final Reckoning By G. A. Henty
-
- 118—Ned Newton By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 117—James Braithwaite, By W. H. G. Kingston
- The Supercargo
-
- 116—Happy-Go-Lucky Jack By Frank H. Converse
-
- 115—Adventures of a Young By Matthew White, Jr.
- Athlete
-
- 114—The Old Man of the By George H. Coomer
- Mountains
-
- 113—The Bravest of the By G. A. Henty
- Brave
-
- 112—20,000 Leagues Under By Jules Verne
- the Sea
-
- 111—The Midshipman, By W. H. G. Kingston
- Marmaduke Merry
-
- 110—Around the World in By Jules Verne
- Eighty Days
-
- 109—A Dash to the Pole By Herbert D. Ward
-
- 108—Texar’s Revenge By Jules Verne
-
- 107—Van; or, In Search of By Frank H. Converse
- an Unknown Race
-
- 106—The Boy Knight By George A Henty
-
- 105—The Young Actor By Gayle Winterton
-
- 104—Heir to a Million By Frank H. Converse
-
- 103—The Adventures of Rex By Mary A. Denison
- Staunton
-
- 102—Clearing His Name By Matthew White, Jr.
-
- 101—The Lone Ranch By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 100—Maori and Settler By George A. Henty
-
- 99—The Cruise of the By James Otis
- Restless; or, On Inland
- Waterways
-
- 98—The Grand Chaco By George Manville Fenn
-
- 97—The Giant Islanders By Brooks McCormick
-
- 96—An Unprovoked Mutiny By James Otis
-
- 95—By Sheer Pluck By G. A. Henty
-
- 94—Oscar; or, The Boy Who By Walter Aimwell
- Had His Own Way
-
- 93—A New York Boy By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 92—Spectre Gold By Headon Hill
-
- 91—The Crusoes of Guiana By Louis Boussenard
-
- 90—Out on the Pampas By G. A. Henty
-
- 89—Clinton; or, Boy Life By Walter Aimwell
- in the Country
-
- 88—My Mysterious Fortune By Matthew White, Jr.
-
- 87—The Five Hundred By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- Dollar Check
-
- 86—Catmur’s Cave By Richard Dowling
-
- 85—Facing Death By G. A. Henty
-
- 84—The Butcher of By William Murray Graydon
- Cawnpore
-
- 83—The Tiger Prince By William Dalton
-
- 82—The Young Editor By Matthew White, Jr.
-
- 81—Arthur Helmuth, of the By Edward S. Ellis
- H. & N. C. Railway
-
- 80—Afloat in the Forest By Capt. Mayne Reid
-
- 79—The Rival Battalions By Brooks McCormick
-
- 78—Both Sides of the By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- Continent
-
- 77—Perils of the Jungle By Edward S. Ellis
-
- 76—The War Tiger; or, The By William Dalton
- Conquest of China
-
- 75—Boys in the Forecastle By George H. Coomer
-
- 74—The Dingo Boys By George Manville Fenn
-
- 73—The Wolf Boy of China By William Dalton
-
- 72—The Way to Success; By Alfred Oldfellow
- or, Tom Randall
-
- 71—Mark Seaworth’s Voyage By William H. G. Kingston
- on the Indian Ocean
-
- 70—The New and Amusing By F. C. Burnand
- History of Sandford and
- Merton
-
- 69—Pirate Island By Harry Collingwood
-
- 68—Smuggler’s Cave By Annie Ashmore
-
- 67—Tom Brown’s School By Thomas Hughes
- Days
-
- 66—A Young Vagabond By Z. R. Bennett
-
- 65—That Treasure By Frank H. Converse
-
- 64—The Tour of a Private By Matthew White, Jr.
- Car
-
- 63—In the Sunk Lands By Walter F. Bruns
-
- 62—How He Won By Brooks McCormick
-
- 61—The Erie Train Boy By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 60—The Mountain Cave By George H. Coomer
-
- 59—The Rajah’s Fortress By William Murray Graydon
-
- 58—Gilbert, The Trapper By Capt. C. B. Ashley
-
- 57—The Gold of Flat Top By Frank H. Converse
- Mountain
-
- 56—Nature’s Young By Brooks McCormick
- Noblemen
-
- 55—A Voyage to the Gold By Frank H. Converse
- Coast
-
- 54—Joe Nichols; or, By Alfred Oldfellow
- Difficulties Overcome
-
- 53—The Adventures of a By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- New York Telegraph Boy
-
- 52—From Farm Boy to By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- Senator
-
- 51—Tom Tracy By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 50—Dean Dunham By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 49—The Mystery of a By Frank H. Converse
- Diamond
-
- 48—Luke Bennett’s By Capt. C. B. Ashley,
- Hide-Out U.S. Scout
-
- 47—Eric Dane By Matthew White, Jr.
-
- 46—Poor and Proud By Oliver Optic
-
- 45—Jack Wheeler; A By Capt. David Southwick
- Western Story
-
- 44—The Golden Magnet By George Manville Fenn
-
- 43—In Southern Seas By Frank H. Converse
-
- 42—The Young Acrobat By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- 41—Check 2134 By Edward S. Ellis
-
- 40—Canoe and Campfire By St. George Rathborne
-
- 39—With Boer and By William Murray Graydon
- Britisher in the
- Transvaal
-
- 38—Gay Dashleigh’s By Arthur Sewall
- Academy Days
-
- 37—Commodore Junk By George Manville Fenn
-
- 36—In Barracks and Wigwam By William Murray Graydon
-
- 35—In the Reign of Terror By G. A. Henty
-
- 34—The Adventures of Mr. By Cuthbert Bede, B. A.
- Verdant Green
-
- 33—Jud and Joe, Printers By Gilbert Patten
- and Publishers
-
- 32—The Curse of Carnes’ By G. A. Henty
- Hold
-
- 31—The Cruise of the Snow By Gordon Stables
- Bird
-
- 30—Peter Simple By Captain Marryat
-
- 29—True to the Old Flag By G. A. Henty
-
- 28—The Boy Boomers By Gilbert Patten
-
- 27—Centre-Board Jim By Lieut. Lionel
- Lounsberry
-
- 26—The Cryptogram By William Murray Graydon
-
- 25—Through the Fray By G. A. Henty
-
- 24—The Boy From the West By Gilbert Patten
-
- 23—The Dragon and the By G. A. Henty
- Raven
-
- 22—From Lake to By William Murray Graydon
- Wilderness
-
- 21—Won at West Point By Lieut. Lionel
- Lounsberry
-
- 20—Wheeling for Fortune By James Otis
-
- 19—Jack Archer By G. A. Henty
-
- 18—The Silver Ship By Leon Lewis
-
- 17—Ensign Merrill By Lieut. Lionel
- Lounsberry
-
- 16—The White King of By William Murray Graydon
- Africa
-
- 15—Midshipman Merrill By Lieut. Lionel
- Lounsberry
-
- 14—The Young Colonists By G. A. Henty
-
- 13—Up the Ladder By Lieut. Murray
-
- 12—Don Kirk’s Mine By Gilbert Patten
-
- 11—From Tent to White By Edward S. Ellis
- House
-
- 10—Don Kirk, the Boy By Gilbert Patten
- Cattle King
-
- 9—Try Again By Oliver Optic
-
- 8—Kit Carey’s Protégé By Lieut. Lionel
- Lounsberry
-
- 7—Chased Through Norway By James Otis
-
- 6—Captain Carey of the By Lieut. Lionel
- Gallant Seventh Lounsberry
-
- 5—Now or Never By Oliver Optic
-
- 4—Lieutenant Carey’s Luck By Lieut. Lionel
- Lounsberry
-
- 3—All Aboard By Oliver Optic
-
- 2—Cadet Kit Carey By Lieut. Lionel
- Lounsberry
-
- 1—The Boat Club By Oliver Optic
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
- ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-The greatest and most famous writer of rattling good tales of adventure
-for boys, was Horatio Alger, Jr. He is the Dickens of juvenile
-literature. His best works are published in the Medal Library at ten
-cents per copy. For sale by all newsdealers.
-
-
- ALGER, HORATIO, JR.
-
- 42. Young Acrobat, The.
- 50. Dean Dunham.
- 52. From Farm Boy to Senator.
- 61. Erie Train Boy, The.
- 87. Five Hundred Dollar Check, The.
- 118. Ned Newton; or, The Adventures of a New York Bootblack.
- 122. Tom Brace.
- 130. From Canal Boy to President.
- 138. Striving for Fortune.
- 154. Paul, the Peddler.
- 159. Phil, the Fiddler.
- 163. Slow and Sure.
- 166. Try and Trust.
- 170. Strong and Steady.
- 175. Strive and Succeed.
- 181. Brave and Bold.
- 187. Bound to Rise.
- 192. Tom, the Bootblack.
- 198. Only an Irish Boy.
- 202. Risen From the Ranks.
- 212. Julius, the Street Boy.
- 221. Young Outlaw, The.
- 228. Cash Boy, The.
- 234. Store Boy, The.
- 243. Adrift in New York.
- 252. Luke Walton.
- 260. Driven From Home.
- 264. Hector’s Inheritance.
- 268. Do and Dare.
- 272. Facing the World.
- 277. In a New World.
- 282. Herbert Carter’s Legacy.
-
-
-If these books are ordered by mail, add four cents per copy to cover
-postage.
-
-
- ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- STREET & SMITH, Publishers, NEW YORK
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- Frank Merriwell on the Boulevards
-
- OR
-
- ASTONISHING THE EUROPEANS
-
-
-
- By
- BURT L. STANDISH
- Author of
-
- “The Merriwell Stories“
-
-
-
-
- Publisher’s Logo
-
-
-
-
- _STREET & SMITH PUBLISHERS_
-
- _79-89 Seventh Avenue, New York_
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- Copyright, 1899
- By STREET & SMITH
- ────
- FRANK MERRIWELL ON THE BOULEVARDS
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- FRANK MERRIWELL ON THE BOULEVARDS
-
- ────────
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I.
-
- “MADEMOISELLE MYSTERIE.”
-
-
-“Well, fellows, what do you think of Paris?” asked Frank Merriwell,
-settling himself into a comfortable position on his chair.
-
-With his three Yale friends, Frank had been in the French capital a day.
-The party had crossed from England the previous day, and, after a good
-night’s sleep, the first for three of the party on French shore, they
-had sallied forth to spend the day seeing the sights of Paris.
-
-“Paris!” cried Harry Rattleton, striking an attitude in the middle of
-the room; “Paris is a—a relief!”
-
-“I should say so!” nodded Jack Diamond, standing by a window, from which
-he could look out upon the brilliantly lighted Place Vendome, in the
-center of which rose the majestic Vendome Column, the most imposing
-monument of all Europe. “After London, Paris is heaven!”
-
-“Haw!” grunted Bruce Browning, who was in his favorite attitude of rest,
-stretched at full length on a comfortable couch. “Paris would be all
-right, if it wasn’t full of Frenchmen.”
-
-“As for that,” smiled Frank, “it is full of Englishmen, Americans, and
-people from all over the world, and every well-educated Frenchman can
-talk English, you know.”
-
-“Paris is beautiful!” cried Diamond. “Look at that column out there!
-Just think, the bronze from which it was built was furnished by Austrian
-and Russian cannon captured in battle by the French! From base to
-summit, it is covered with bronze figures, in relief, forming a
-miniature army, with cannon, horses, and accouterments, ascending by a
-spiral road to the massive figure of Napoleon at the top. Oh, it is a
-sight for the eyes of the world!”
-
-“The statue, yes,” nodded Frank. “Think of robing Napoleon in the garb
-of a Roman emperor! That is the one thing in bad taste about the column.
-But that was not always so.”
-
-“How’s that?” exclaimed Rattleton. “Have they changed his clothes from
-the original suit given him?”
-
-“That is not the original statue at the top of the column.”
-
-“No? Why, how——”
-
-“After Waterloo, when the Bourbons once more governed France, they took
-Napoleon’s statue down. The original one represented him in the cocked
-hat and old gray coat, immortalized on many a field of victory.”
-
-“And they never put it back?”
-
-“In its place, they erected a monstrous _fleur-de-lis_. However, this
-combination of the emblem of the Bourbon family and a memorial of
-Napoleon was perfectly absurd, and the people protested against it.
-Louis Philippe yielded to the desire of the masses, and the present
-figure of Napoleon was erected. This monument was shamefully treated by
-the communists.”
-
-“Eh! Why, they didn’t bother themselves with that, did they?”
-
-“They pulled it down. It was necessary to lay a thick bed of tan along
-the street, to mitigate the shock when it fell. The national troops
-arrived in time to prevent its complete ruin, and it was reconstructed
-as you see it.”
-
-“It’s strange that people like the communists, nihilists, anarchists,
-and that sort, always, when possible, destroy everything they can in the
-way of sculpture, architecture, and art. They seem possessed by a
-senseless rage against the beautiful. Such human beings plainly show the
-low and brutal in their natures. They rob themselves of sympathy by
-their acts, and make themselves detested, as they should be. God did not
-put us into the world to hate and destroy,” declared Diamond.
-
-“Oh, say, give us a rest!” grunted Browning. “I’m tired.”
-
-“As usual.”
-
-“Now, don’t fling that!” growled the big Yale man.
-
-“Merriwell has kept us on the jump all day, seeing things. He trotted us
-from the Trocadero to Prison Mazas, and that is pretty nearly from one
-end of the city to the other. He has shown us all the sights——”
-
-“I beg your pardon!” exclaimed Merry, with a laugh. “I haven’t begun to
-show you anything of the sights of Paris. All I tried to do was give you
-a general idea of the city.”
-
-“Dow the hickens—I mean, how the dickens—you ever learned so much about
-Paris is what puzzles me,” burst forth Rattleton.
-
-“It’s a wonder to all of us,” admitted Diamond. “Why, you seem perfectly
-familiar with the city, Frank.”
-
-“To a certain extent, I am familiar with it. You know, I spent three
-weeks here in company with our old friend, Ephraim Gallup, and my
-guardian, poor Professor Scotch, and I was on the hustle all the time,
-so I got the lay of the land pretty well.”
-
-“But, great Scott! why didn’t you ever say anything about it?”
-
-“Never had occasion.”
-
-“Didn’t you meet with any adventures in Paris worth relating?”
-
-“Oh, I met with adventures enough, I assure you.”
-
-“Pleasant adventures?” asked Harry, with a grin and a wink.
-
-“Well, I hardly think they’d be designated as pleasant.”
-
-“Lovely girls, and all that sort of thing?”
-
-“There was one girl concerned.”
-
-“Only one?”
-
-“She was quite enough, under the circumstances. She was an anarchist.”
-
-“Huah!” grunted Bruce.
-
-“Whew!” whistled Harry.
-
-“Jove!” exclaimed Jack.
-
-“I fell in with a New York newspaper reporter, who had been sent over to
-investigate and write up the recent bomb outrages in this city. Being
-seen with him, I was spotted by the anarchists, who regarded him as a
-spy. I was warned to leave France, but didn’t fancy being driven out
-that way.”
-
-“Well, that was interesting!” ejaculated Diamond.
-
-“Rather!” drawled Bruce.
-
-“It was hot stuff!” said Rattleton.
-
-“It was the night after Grand Prix, the great French horse-race, that I
-received my first warning. It came from a masked woman. Wynne, the
-reporter, followed her, but she slipped him. On the night after Grand
-Prix, all Paris turns out to enjoy itself, and be gay. It was at the
-Jardin de Paris that I saw her again, in the midst of the mob that was
-dancing and singing there in the open air. I caught her by the wrist,
-and she tried to stab me.”
-
-“Whew!” again whistled Rattleton.
-
-“Huah!” once more grunted Browning.
-
-“Jove!” was Diamond’s repeated ejaculation.
-
-“Her friends were on hand to aid her, and she managed to break away, and
-slip me, as she had Wynne. Afterward, at a place called the Red Flag, I
-ran across Wynne. Anarchists resorted there, and they tried to stop us
-both. Wynne got away, but I was roped in. Somebody rapped the senses out
-of me, and I came to myself in a dungeon-like place, a captive.”
-
-They knew he was telling the truth, for Frank Merriwell never lied, but
-it dazed them to think he had never mentioned the matter before.
-
-“What happened next?” breathlessly asked Harry.
-
-“The woman, who was known as ‘Mademoiselle Mysterie,’ came there to kill
-me. I was bound and gagged, and she had a dagger to finish me off. I
-couldn’t squeal, and so I smiled at her. Then what do you think
-happened?”
-
-“Can’t guess.”
-
-“You tell.”
-
-“Go on!”
-
-“She fell in love with me,” said Frank quietly.
-
-“What?”
-
-“The deuce!”
-
-“Come off!”
-
-“She did,” nodded Merry, smiling. “She decided not to kill me. She
-resolved to save me, even though I had been condemned to die by the
-bomb-throwers, who were convinced that I was dangerous for them. Then,
-when the real executioner came into the cellar to do the job, she struck
-him senseless with a stone, and set me free.”
-
-Bruce Browning sat up, and stared at Frank.
-
-“I’ll admit that you are the queerest chap alive!” he growled. “You had
-such an adventure here in Paris, and yet you never told any of us a word
-about it! Merriwell, I don’t understand you, and I thought I knew you
-pretty well.”
-
-Now Frank laughed outright.
-
-“I had no occasion to say anything about it, you know.”
-
-“Most fellows would have made an occasion. Supposing the story of that
-adventure had been known at college. You’d been a king-pin from the very
-first.”
-
-“Oh, I don’t know about that. You know, a fellow’s record before he
-enters Yale doesn’t cut much ice there. It’s the record he makes
-afterward that counts. In almost any other college it is different. A
-man’s standing amounts to a great deal elsewhere. At Yale, he makes a
-standing for himself. If he attempts to bolster himself up by tales of
-what he has done, he is regarded with suspicion and contempt. You know
-this is true. It is to his direct disadvantage to boast.”
-
-“But it was not necessary for you to boast. You might have told your
-friends. You never told any of us.”
-
-“Never!” exclaimed Diamond.
-
-“Not a word!” came reproachfully from Rattleton.
-
-“Not even when we were coming here,” growled Browning resentfully.
-
-“Well, I’ve told you now, you know.”
-
-“Not everything,” said Jack eagerly. “Go on. How did you escape?”
-
-“Fought my way out through dynamiters, aided by the woman. The men were
-in a room where a Russian manufacturer of infernal machines was
-explaining how his devilish inventions worked. He had all his bombs
-spread out on a table. I got through that room, and out of the building,
-and I was lucky. What happened behind me, I can only surmise. It is
-certain one of those bombs was exploded, and it exploded others. The
-building was wrecked, the anarchists were killed, and among them was
-found the body of the woman who had saved me, their queen. She is buried
-at Mont Parnasse, and I paid for the stone that marks her grave.”
-
-Browning struggled to his feet, and stood there, colossal, imposing,
-outraged, his hands on his hips.
-
-“I have considered you my friend,” he said; “but I feel like punching
-you now! Why, you even trotted us round all day, and never once
-mentioned this!”
-
-“I didn’t want to bore you.”
-
-“Bore us—bore us with a yarn like that! Why, it’s exciting enough to
-furnish a plot for a novel! And you actually passed through such an
-adventure here in Paris?”
-
-“Didn’t I say so? Do you think I’m drawing the long bow?”
-
-“No, but——”
-
-“But what?”
-
-“It is so remarkable. Why, you came to Yale in the quietest way
-possible. Any one might have taken you for a country lad just getting
-out into the world, for all of anything you had to tell of yourself.”
-
-“What if I had told the story I’ve just related to you? What if I had
-related a number of yarns about my adventures in various parts of the
-world? What if I had begun at college by prating of the things I had
-done?”
-
-“You’d been set down as a howling liar!” exploded Rattleton.
-
-“Exactly,” nodded Merry. “If I had an inclination to speak of such
-things, I put it aside, and kept corked up. You need not set it down as
-modesty, unless you like; you may call it horse-sense.”
-
-They talked over Frank’s adventure, just related, for some time, asking
-him many questions about it, for it was a most fascinating story.
-
-“Those must have been tot old himes—I mean hot old times,” said
-Rattleton.
-
-“I should say so!” agreed Diamond. “You struck a circus in Paris, and
-that’s straight! I hardly think anything like that will happen while you
-are here this time.”
-
-“Not likely,” admitted Merry. “I don’t believe I care about having
-anything like that happen again. It’s well enough to talk about, but I
-was rather too near being snuffed out to enjoy it at the time.”
-
-There came a timid knock on the door.
-
-“Come!” called Frank.
-
-The door opened falteringly, and Mr. Maybe, Frank’s tutor, looked in
-hesitatingly.
-
-“Mr. Merriwell,” he said, “I think you had better retire. You must be
-tired, and, you know, your studies——”
-
-“Hang it, Mr. Maybe!” exclaimed Merry; “I’m not going to begin cramming
-again the moment we reach Paris. You must give me two or three days to
-look round with my friends, and enjoy the sights.”
-
-“You have wasted to-day, sir, and——”
-
-“Wasted it? No. We’ve taken in the streets, the boulevards, the Seine,
-the Luxembourg Gardens, the Champs-Élysées, the Bourse, and so forth.
-To-morrow, we will visit other places of interest—Versailles, the
-Trocadero, the Grand Opera-House, perhaps, the Eiffel Tower. There are
-thousands of beautiful things to be seen in Paris, Mr. Maybe, and I
-advise you to get out and circulate. It will do you good.”
-
-“You must have been reading the guide-books, to know so much about
-Paris,” said Maybe. “I’m going to bed, and I advise you to do the same.
-Good night.”
-
-He retired, closing the door.
-
-“He doesn’t even dream you ever saw Paris before,” said Rattleton.
-
-“Well,” grunted Browning, from the couch, on which he was stretched once
-more, “I think I’ll take his advice, and go to bed. I know I shall sleep
-like a top to-night. I don’t believe an earthquake would disturb me.”
-
-“But your snoring is likely to disturb everybody else on this floor,”
-declared Rattleton. “I’m glad Merriwell has taken pity on me, and
-arranged it so I don’t have to sleep with you. You’ll have an entire bed
-and a whole room to yourself to-night.”
-
-“What a relief that will be!” murmured the big fellow. “How sweetly I
-will slumber!”
-
-He did not notice that his three companions looked at each other
-knowingly, while Frank changed a laugh into a choking cough. He did not
-suspect what was in store for him that night, so he arose, bade good
-night to the others, and went to his room.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II.
-
- BRUCE’S LIVELY NIGHT.
-
-
-Bruce really was tired. Big, strong fellow though he was, his laziness
-overcame the energy it seemed natural he should possess, and a day of
-hustling quite exhausted him.
-
-He was glad to have a room by himself, and he rolled into bed with a
-satisfied grunt, muttering:
-
-“Now, nothing will disturb me till morning.”
-
-In a short time, he was asleep, and snoring. His slumbers, however, were
-rudely disturbed. At first, it seemed like a dream. He fancied he could
-hear the gong of a fire-engine that was thundering down upon him, while
-he seemed helpless to get out of the way and escape. The gong pounded
-furiously, and he struggled with all his might to flee. In the midst of
-the awful effort, he awoke, sweat starting from every pore. The infernal
-clatter and bang of the bell continued, and it sounded right there in
-that room.
-
-With a snort, Bruce sat up.
-
-“Fire, I’ll bet a hundred dollars!” he blurted, as he made a dive to get
-out of bed.
-
-His feet became entangled with the bedclothes, and he landed sprawling,
-with a terrible thud that knocked the breath from his body.
-
-Clatter! bang! ding! bang! clatter!
-
-That bell was keeping it up at a fearful rate, and Browning floundered
-around on the floor, becoming more and more helplessly entangled in the
-bedclothing.
-
-“This is awful!” he groaned. “I’m tying myself all up here, and I’ll be
-burned to death! The old hotel is afire, and that’s the alarm!”
-
-He was tempted to uplift his voice, and roar aloud for aid, but
-refrained from doing so, and forcibly tore himself free from the
-entangling clothing.
-
-“Keep cool, old man!” he said, as he got upon his feet. “The people who
-lose their heads at fires get burned. The ones who keep cool escape.”
-
-Then he found the gas, and turned it on, but could not find a match. He
-rushed round the room, bumping against chairs, barking his shins, and
-bruising himself generally. Over one of the chairs he fell, and he got
-so tangled up with it that it really seemed that the chair was clinging
-to him, like a living creature.
-
-“Oh, yes!” he snarled. “Throw me down, and then pile onto me, will you!
-Try to hold me down, so I’ll be burned to death, will you! Punch your
-legs into my ribs, will you! Hit me in the eye, and upper-cut me on the
-chin, will you! Get out!”
-
-He flung the chair from him, with great violence. There was a crash, a
-thud on the floor, a whirring sound and the alarm-bell ceased to ring.
-
-Rather dazed, Bruce got up. He was still trembling, but he made a search
-for his vest, found it, and secured a match.
-
-The stillness which followed the racket of the bell and the frantic
-gyrations of the big Yale man seemed awful, and he was more frightened
-than ever. If he had wished to shout then, it is doubtful if he could
-have raised a cry that would have been heard outside his door.
-
-The first match he struck spluttered and went out. With the second, he
-lighted the gas, the odor of which filled the room. Then he looked
-around, and the sight that met his eyes filled him with wonder.
-
-The chair he had flung across the room had struck a small shelf, and
-knocked down a clock of the forty-nine-cent variety, smashing it, and
-scattering its works over the carpet. As he stood there, glaring at its
-ruins, the truth began to dawn upon him.
-
-“It was that thundering alarm-clock!” he snorted. “The thing went off,
-and spoiled my slumbers! There is no fire and no danger! I’ve been
-fooled by a bargain-counter alarm-clock!”
-
-He felt like jumping on the ruins of the poor time-piece, but remembered
-that he was barefooted, and it would be sure to hurt him. Then his eye
-caught sight of a slip of paper attached to a ring in the case of the
-clock. He picked it up. On the paper were these words, written in
-English:
-
- “Good night!
- Sleep tight!”
-
-Browning flung the clock-case into a corner, uttering a “woosh” of
-indignation.
-
-“That’s what I call a pretty cheap joke!” he exploded. “My first night
-by myself, and they couldn’t let me rest in peace! Oh, I’ll have revenge
-for this!”
-
-He gathered up the clothing, and piled it back onto the bed, then turned
-out the gas, and rolled in once more.
-
-“It’s like one of Merriwell’s old tricks,” he thought, as he buried
-himself under the twisted clothing, and prepared to make up for lost
-time.
-
-Being really tired, it was not long before his nerves quieted down, and
-he began to snore once more. He was dreaming a very pleasant dream, when
-there was a repetition of the former racket. Browning groaned, and
-stirred. Then, with a snort, he sat up.
-
-“Murder!” he gurgled. “I thought I’d smashed the old thing so it
-couldn’t go off again!”
-
-He flung himself out of bed, saying some very ugly words, and lighted
-the gas once more. The remnants of the clock he had smashed lay quietly
-in the corner, but the racket of an alarm-bell came from another part of
-the room. Furiously he began to search for it, and, in about five
-minutes, he found it in the top drawer of the dressing-case.
-
-To the clock was attached a card, on which was written:
-
- “Excuse me, please. I hope you are resting well.”
-
-Mad? Browning almost frothed at the mouth. He opened the window, and
-flung the clock out with great violence. Then he slammed down the
-window, turned off the gas, and went back to bed.
-
-“I’ll get even for this, if it takes me the rest of my life!” he
-grumbled, as he settled down, and tried to make himself comfortable in
-the twisted bed.
-
-Being exhausted, it did not take him long to doze again. Then another
-clock began operations. Bruce made a flying leap from the bed, striking
-the floor before he was fairly awake.
-
-“Ten thousand furies!” he roared, as he chased around the room about
-twenty times, and broke the world’s record for the two-mile dash. “It’s
-another one! Where is the fiendish thing? Let me get my hands on it! Oh,
-I won’t do a thing to it!”
-
-In the course of four or five minutes, he found it, hidden behind a
-picture. A tag was attached to it, and on the tag was written:
-
- “You must be very, very tired.”
-
-“Tired!” howled the big fellow. “I should say so! This is enough to make
-anybody tired!”
-
-He dropped the clock to the floor, but it continued to rattle away. With
-an exclamation of anger, quite forgetting that his feet were not encased
-in boots, he drew off and kicked the clock up against the wall, with all
-his strength, breaking his great toe-nail, and knocking the skin off the
-two neighboring toes.
-
-“Yow!” he howled, as he held onto his injured toes with both hands, and
-hopped around the room on the other foot. “Oh, my goodness! I’ve maimed
-myself for life! I’ll be a helpless cripple as long as I live!”
-
-The clock gave a sort of derisive rattle, and stopped.
-
-Bruce sat down on the edge of the bed, and examined his injured foot.
-After awhile, he bound up his toes with a handkerchief, and turned in
-again.
-
-“I guess this is the end of it,” he decided. “They’ve spoiled my night’s
-rest! It’s an outrage!”
-
-His nerves were not near the surface, so they soon became quiet, and,
-despite what had happened, despite the injury to his foot, he began to
-snore again. Then the fourth clock started out to get in its work. When
-Browning awoke, and realized what was taking place, he was wild. He made
-another jump, to get out of bed, caught his feet in the bedclothing
-again, and struck on his forehead and nose, barking the latter, and
-causing it to bleed slightly.
-
-“All the fiends of the hot place couldn’t devise greater torture!” he
-frothed. “It’s villainous! It’s criminal! I’ll be a raving maniac before
-morning!”
-
-He began to fling things around at a furious rate in his mad search for
-the clock. At last, he found it in his grip, where it had been carefully
-tucked. When he yanked it out, it flew from his fingers, and rolled
-away. He scrambled after it on his hands and knees, upsetting a
-marble-topped table, which struck him a terrible thump on the back of
-the head, producing a swelling almost as large as a hen’s egg.
-
-When Browning got hold of the clock at last, he was the maddest man in
-all France. He rushed to the window, and slammed it open. Then he hurled
-the clock into the street, with a fearful violence, barely missing a
-passing pedestrian, who shouted something about bombs, and took to his
-heels.
-
-In yanking the clock from the grip, he had torn off a bit of paper. On
-the paper he read these words:
-
- “Hope this doesn’t disturb you, old man.”
-
-It must be confessed that Bruce Browning made a few “dark-blue” remarks,
-which would not look well in print. Then he searched all around the room
-for another clock, but could not find one.
-
-“It’s the last of them,” he decided, looking at his watch. “A quarter to
-three, and I haven’t slept ten minutes thus far to-night. Oh, I’ll be in
-fine condition to-morrow!”
-
-But he felt that the trick must be worn out, and he went back to bed.
-Exactly twenty minutes later, just as he was beginning to breathe
-heavily, another clock began to bang away. Browning awoke, and groaned.
-
-“What! again?” he almost sobbed.
-
-He got up, and searched for the clock. It took him four minutes to find
-it hidden among the slats of his bed.
-
-As in the other cases, a slip of paper was attached to the thing, and he
-read:
-
- “Don’t you care, old man—it’ll soon be daylight.”
-
-He dropped the clock, and it went bounding merrily under the bed,
-keeping up its cheerful racket.
-
-“Come out here!” he roared, thrusting himself after it. “Don’t try to
-dodge me! Don’t try to hide from me!”
-
-He touched it, with a frantic sweep of his arm, but knocked it still
-farther away.
-
-Then he tore a slat from the bed, and struck at the clock, knocking it
-out on the farther side. When he tried to back out from beneath the bed,
-the frame had him pinned across the shoulders, and he was forced to lift
-it before he could get out. In a burst of anger, he turned it over on
-its side. Then he got at the clock with the slat.
-
-“Oh, I’ll settle you!” he roared, making a crack at the clock, but
-missing it entirely. “I’ll destroy you! I’ll hammer the stuffing out of
-ye! I’ll annihilate ye! Take that—and that! Yow!”
-
-A piece of glass from the clock flew up and cut his face. The
-coil-spring hopped out, sailed through the air, and settled around his
-neck.
-
-He dropped the slat, and caught at the spring.
-
-“Come off, here!” he snarled, yanking at it. He cut his neck, and nearly
-tore his left ear from his head in getting the spring off.
-
-Bleeding, perspiring, furious, he sat there in the middle of the floor,
-and looked around. The room was a spectacle. Furniture was smashed and
-scattered all about. The bed was upset, and the battered cases and
-scattered works of three clocks lay around, and a mirror showed him that
-he was almost the greatest wreck in the room.
-
-“To-morrow,” he hissed, through his clenched teeth, “to-morrow, I shall
-be a murderer, for I shall kill the fiend who devised this piece of
-business!”
-
-He decided that it was useless to try to sleep. He filled his pipe, and
-sat in an easy chair by the window. On the chair he planted himself in a
-comfortable position, prepared to wait for the next outbreak, and nip it
-in the bud. Exhausted nature, however, conquered. He smoked ten minutes,
-perhaps, and the pipe fell from his mouth.
-
-It was fortunate for him that the next clock got “into gear” just when
-it did, for it aroused him so that he realized something was burning. He
-jumped up, with a yell, for his pajamas were afire. With frantic haste,
-he tore them off, smothering the fire, which had been caused by a spark
-from his pipe, by the aid of a rug. And the clock played a merry
-accompaniment while this was taking place.
-
-He found the thing beneath the grate in the fireplace, and it was
-tagged. On the tag was written:
-
- “Isn’t it just perfectly lovely in Paris!”
-
-Once more he used the window, taking care this time not to hit anybody
-upon the street. It was near daybreak, and Bruce Browning had spent a
-very lively night. As the gray streaks of dawn crept in at his window,
-he gathered some of the bedding in the middle of the floor, and lay down
-there, where he fell asleep in the midst of the mess.
-
-In the morning, three young men stopped before Bruce Browning’s door,
-and listened.
-
-“I can’t hear anything,” said Rattleton, with his ear against a panel.
-
-“I can’t see anything,” said Diamond, with his eye to the keyhole.
-
-“Then we will investigate, and find out if he has passed a pleasant
-night,” said Frank Merriwell, taking a key from his pocket, and
-preparing to fit it to the lock of the door.
-
-“Eh?” exclaimed Rattleton, staring at the key. “What’s that?”
-
-“Hey!” cried Diamond. “Is that the key to the door?”
-
-“Yes,” nodded Frank, with a smile.
-
-“Where did you get it?”
-
-“Took possession of it last night, after we’d distributed the clocks,”
-Merry explained. “There’s a spring-lock on all the doors in this hotel,
-and Browning never missed the key.”
-
-Frank softly inserted the key in the lock, and turned it.
-
-“I’ll bet a cannon wouldn’t arouse him now,” grinned Harry. “Needn’t be
-so easy, Frank.”
-
-Merry pushed open the door, and the sight that met their gaze filled
-them with astonishment.
-
-The room was a scene of disorder. Everything was upset, even to the bed.
-The furniture was scattered about in confusion, and the floor was strewn
-with the débris of shattered clocks. On the floor beside the overturned
-bed, Browning was wrapped in a mass of twisted and tangled bedclothing.
-A sheet was twisted round his throat, and his face was covered with
-cuts, bruises, and blood. There was blood on the bedding, and it looked
-as if a sanguinary encounter had taken place there. They came in, and
-stood looking down at him.
-
-“Wheejiz!” snickered Harry. “It’s plain he had a lively time of it!”
-
-“Looks like he’d fought for his life!” muttered Diamond.
-
-“And he’s still enough to have lost the battle,” said Frank.
-
-“You don’t suppose he was driven to suicide?” gasped Rattleton, in
-sudden alarm.
-
-“Oh, no,” assured Frank. “Look—he is breathing. Listen—he is muttering
-some words in his sleep.”
-
-Browning groaned, and thickly muttered:
-
-“Fiends! You have ruined my sleep, but I’ll get square, if I——”
-
-Then the words became an incoherent jumble.
-
-Rattleton grinned.
-
-“Scrate gott, but he did have a lively time of it! Look at this room!
-It’s a sight!”
-
-“Look at him!” directed Frank. “He’s a sight! How in the world did he
-get battered and cut up like that?”
-
-“Merriwell,” said Diamond, “he’s sure to be pretty ugly about this when
-he wakes up.”
-
-“Oh, he’ll get over it. But I don’t believe he’ll forget his second
-night in Paris as long as he lives.”
-
-“It’s retribution,” declared Rattleton. “Night after night he has
-tortured me, and kept me awake by his beastly snoring, and he’s been mad
-enough to eat me when I kicked about it. I didn’t think the clocks would
-disturb him at all.”
-
-“But it seems that they did,” observed Diamond, with a faint smile.
-
-Rattleton was for sneaking out of the room as quietly as possible,
-without disturbing Browning, but Frank could not think of leaving
-without letting Bruce know they had seen him. So they all stood around
-the big fellow, and sang “Kathleen Mavourneen.”
-
-The big fellow grunted, groaned, kicked—awoke!
-
-For a few moments it was evident he did not catch on to the situation.
-He lay there, amid the tangled bedding, staring up at the laughing lads,
-and blinking in a comical manner, so that Rattleton broke down, and
-began to laugh.
-
-“Huah!” grunted Bruce.
-
-Then Frank and Jack stopped, and Merry said:
-
-“Excuse me, please. I hope this doesn’t disturb you.”
-
-“Waugh!” Bruce struggled to a sitting posture, with the bedspread
-twisted about his neck like a muffler.
-
-“I hope you are resting well,” snickered Rattleton.
-
-Browning began to tear at the bedspread, a look of rage coming to his
-bruised and lacerated face.
-
-“You must be very, very tired,” observed Diamond seriously.
-
-A howl of fury escaped Browning’s lips. He looked around the room, and
-saw the overturned furniture, and the shattered clocks. In a moment, he
-remembered all the horrors of the previous night.
-
-“You imps of Satan!” he thundered, making a floundering jump to get upon
-his feet. “I have sworn an oath of vengeance! My time has come! Not one
-of you leaves this room alive!”
-
-Then his tangled feet tripped him up, and he sprawled on the floor, with
-a crash, causing the three lads to shout with laughter.
-
-“You seem to be excited, Bruce,” said Frank. “I hope nothing happened in
-the night to disturb you.”
-
-“Excited!” exploded Browning, tearing at the bedclothes, and ripping a
-sheet from end to end. “Oh, no, I’m not excited! Let me get my hands on
-you, Frank Merriwell! You’ll never put up another job like this!”
-
-“You should take something for your nerves,” advised Frank. “It’s plain
-you have bad dreams. Why don’t you try Mrs. Soothlow’s Wynsling Syrup?”
-
-Browning got hold of a chair, and threw it at Frank, who dodged, and the
-chair knocked down a mirror.
-
-“You’ll have a nice little bill to pay when you settle for things here,”
-said Diamond.
-
-“You go to blazes!” cried the enraged giant. “You come round here and
-grin at me, and you never had sense enough to think up a good practical
-joke in all your life! Get out of here! Get out lively, if you want to
-escape with your life!”
-
-“Alas! alas!” exclaimed Frank, with a tragedy pose. “He is mad!”
-
-“You bet I’m mad!” agreed Bruce. “I’m madder than a wet setting hen!
-I’ll get back at you for this job!”
-
-He got onto his hands and knees, for the purpose of rising, but Merry
-promptly pushed him over with his foot, causing the big fellow to gnash
-his teeth.
-
-“Fellows,” said Merry, “we must commit him to an asylum for the
-violently insane. It is plain that he’s dangerous.”
-
-Browning tore off the baffling bedspread, and again struggled to get up,
-actually intending to wreak vengeance on them by personal violence; but
-Merry caught hold of two ends of the spread, and tripped him up with a
-loop of it, while Rattleton basted him on the head with a pillow, and
-Diamond picked up all the clothes and flung them on top of him. To
-finish the job, Merry turned the bedstead over upon him.
-
-“Now, will you be good?” chirped Rattleton.
-
-“We must leave you, Bruce,” said Diamond.
-
-“And we hope you will be feeling better when we return,” laughed
-Merriwell.
-
-Browning protruded his head from one side of the mass that was piled
-upon him, and gasped:
-
-“This—settles—it!”
-
-He would have said more, but they shouted with laughter again, and left
-him there to extricate himself as best he could, closing the door behind
-them as they went out.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III.
-
- A WALK AND A WARNING.
-
-
-After breakfast, Frank, Jack, and Harry started out for a stroll.
-Frenchmen of leisure seldom see Paris in the morning. For that matter,
-the majority of foreigners seldom see it at that time. It is the
-universal belief that “gay Paree” is at its best at night, and
-foreigners with that “frisky feeling” usually wear off much of their
-exuberance at night, and sleep away forenoons in recuperating for
-another night. But the Yale lads were there to see the city by day, as
-well as by night. They found it very bright and beautiful that sunny
-morning, as they strolled down the Rivoli. The fountains were sparkling
-in the sunshine, and sparrows were chittering on the brink of the stone
-bowls. They came to the Place du Châtelet, and strolled over the bridge,
-where the heavy carts were rumbling, and an occasional omnibus rolled
-along. From the bridge, the city looked very attractive, rising amid a
-bower of trees, magnificent and graceful in architecture, and harmonious
-in its general effect. Columns and arches could be seen, and, as they
-walked onward slowly, they came in view of the great Cathedral of Notre
-Dame, rising beyond the barracks. To the right was the Palais de
-Justice, with its clock and turrets, and stalking sentinels, in blue and
-vermilion. Then they came to the Place St. Michel, where there was a
-jumble of carts and omnibuses at that early hour, rumbling about the
-fountain of ugly, water-spitting griffins.
-
-As they strolled leisurely along, Frank talked to them of the places
-they passed. Diamond was intensely interested in everything. Paris had a
-history, and, for him, it was fascinating in a thousand ways.
-
-They passed on up the hill of the Boulevard St. Michel, where there were
-tooting trams and dawdling gendarmes, strolling in the sunshine, and
-Merry explained that, when they stepped from the stones of the Place St.
-Michel, they had “crossed the frontier” and entered the famous Latin
-Quartier. At last they came to the Luxembourg, which was a blaze of
-flowers. They walked slowly along the tree-lined avenues, passing
-moss-covered marbles and old-time columns, and strolled through the
-grove of the bronze lion, till they came out to the tree-crowned terrace
-above the fountain.
-
-Diamond uttered an exclamation of pleasure.
-
-“Beautiful!” he cried, gazing down at the basin, shimmering in the
-morning sunshine.
-
-All around them were trees, and flowers, and statues, and winding walks.
-At a distance, where ended an avenue of trees, the Observatory rose, its
-white dome looming up amid the green like an Eastern mosque. At the
-opposite end of the avenue was the massive palace, with its every window
-fiery in the morning sunshine. Around the fountain doves were wheeling
-and cooing. Bees were buzzing amid the flowers, and a gendarme, or
-policeman, was loitering on his way.
-
-They found a place to sit down and talk. The bells of St. Sulpice chimed
-the hour, and the palace answered them, stroke for stroke. It was all so
-peaceful and beautiful that it did not seem possible men had ever fought
-like wild beasts there in that happy city. It did not seem possible the
-streets had been deluged with innocent blood, that wild-eyed fanatics
-had razed the beautiful columns and statues, had burned, and wrecked,
-and ruined. It did not seem possible that the city had been besieged,
-and bombarded, and pillaged. They sat and talked of those things.
-
-“Those days are past forever,” said Rattleton.
-
-“Who knows?” spoke Frank.
-
-They looked at him in surprise.
-
-“What do you think?” asked Jack. “Do you look for another revolution in
-France?”
-
-“It may come.”
-
-“What will bring it?”
-
-“Justice.”
-
-“By that you mean—just what?”
-
-“The reversal of the Dreyfus verdict—perhaps. To-day, France is resting
-over a slumbering volcano; it is impossible to predict when the eruption
-may occur.”
-
-“Then you believe there is a possibility that poor Dreyfus may obtain
-justice?”
-
-“A possibility—yes. At any rate, the whole Dreyfus affair is an
-ineffaceable blot on France. The country is army-ridden. The army
-condemned the poor Jew to Devil’s Island, and the army can make no
-mistake. The honor of the army must be maintained, at any cost, and so
-conspiracy follows conspiracy, and forgery follows forgery, till the
-whole affair is so tangled and twisted that a revolution may cut the
-twisted skein, which nothing seems to unravel.”
-
-“And then what will happen?”
-
-“Who can tell? The streets of Paris may again run red with human blood,
-works of art may be destroyed, beautiful buildings may be razed, and
-from the ashes and ruins another form of government may rise. It is not
-easy to foretell the future of France. Frenchmen are changeable. What
-pleases them to-day they regard with indifference or contempt
-to-morrow.”
-
-“Well, I fancy we’ll have a peaceful time here,” said Jack.
-
-“It’ll be a change from what we have been having,” came quickly from
-Harry. “Things were exciting enough in England.”
-
-“Yes,” nodded Frank; “we did have a hot time there, take it all
-together.”
-
-“And the wind-up was about as hot as anything,” grinned Rattleton. “We
-went down into the country with Reynolds, where we thought it would be
-dead quiet, and things fairly sizzled. Harris turned up again, and tried
-to kidnap Elsie. The cross-country gallop turned into a man-hunt, and
-Merry came near finishing Harris when he caught him.”
-
-“He escaped being hanged when he was drowned, after that,” declared
-Diamond. “He’ll never trouble anybody again.”
-
-“Never,” nodded Frank. “I am glad his blood is not on my hands, but I
-did come near finishing him at the bridge.”
-
-“You came out of your trance then,” said the Virginian. “Harris realized
-that the time when you would spare him was past, and that is why he made
-such a desperate attempt to escape by swimming the river.”
-
-“Let’s not talk about the poor devil,” said Merry seriously. “He is
-dead.”
-
-“And so is his running-mate, Brattle.”
-
-“No. I have learned that Martin Brattle was not killed in London, but
-was seriously injured, and taken to a hospital, where he gave a
-fictitious name. I have reasons to believe he recovered.”
-
-“Well, it’s hardly probable he’ll ever trouble you again.”
-
-“I hope he’ll have sense enough to keep away from me. One thing that
-happened in London I seriously regret.”
-
-“What was that?”
-
-“I do not know what became of the man of mystery, Mr. Noname, but it
-seems that he must have perished in the East End fire, at which Brattle
-was injured.”
-
-“He was a queer creature.”
-
-“And it was remarkable that he took such an interest in me. I did not
-understand it then, and I do not understand it now. He claimed that he
-was my guardian spirit—my good genius.”
-
-“He talked like a lunatic sometimes.”
-
-“And yet to him I owe so much! But for him, I might never have found
-Elsie when Brattle carried her off. He led me straight to her, and then
-he vanished. Before that, when I was in danger, he appeared, and warned
-me; since then, no matter what danger has menaced me, he has not
-appeared, so I fear he perished in the fire.”
-
-“Well, it’s not likely you will need to be warned in Paris, for I fancy
-our visit here will pass off quietly, with nothing at all in the way of
-dangerous adventure.”
-
-After awhile, they rose, and started to stroll back to the hotel. They
-passed out of the Luxembourg to the Boulevard, but had not walked far
-before a closed carriage drew close to the curbing. From behind the
-curtained window a black-gloved hand reached out, and beckoned, while a
-voice called:
-
-“Frank Merriwell!”
-
-Merry started at the sound of that voice. It seemed to stir slumbering
-memories in his heart, and it caused a strange sensation to pass over
-him. The hand disappeared, reappeared, held a folded paper toward Frank.
-Again the voice spoke his name. Merry stepped toward the cab, and took
-the bit of paper. Then he reached to draw the curtain, but the driver
-whipped up his horses, and the cab rolled away.
-
-He unfolded the paper, and read:
-
- “In Paris, you must face perils such as never before menaced
- you, but I shall be near to warn you of danger.”
-
- “THE MAN WITHOUT A NAME.”
-
-Frank would have pursued the carriage, but it was rolling away too
-swiftly for him to overtake it.
-
-His companions observed his excitement, and, as such agitation was
-something rare in him, they knew it meant more than they could
-understand.
-
-“What is it?” asked Diamond.
-
-“What’s the matter?” spluttered Rattleton.
-
-Frank stared at the slip of paper.
-
-“It must be a trick,” he said. “Did either of you see the person who
-handed me this?”
-
-Neither of them had.
-
-“I saw nothing but his hand,” said Jack.
-
-“And that was covered by a black glove,” spoke Harry.
-
-“What’s it say?” asked the Virginian.
-
-Frank read it aloud, and then looked into the faces of his friends.
-
-“What do you think of it?” he asked.
-
-“You can search me!” gasped Harry. “I don’t know what to think of it.
-Dut the whickens—no; what the dickens does it mean?”
-
-“It can’t be from the Man of Mystery,” asserted the Virginian. “Still,
-he called himself the Man Without a Name.”
-
-Frank stared hard at the writing on the paper. After a little, he said:
-
-“It is as if one had risen from the dead, for I believe this came from
-Mr. Noname.”
-
-“Well, this mysterious business is getting thin!” cried Jack.
-
-“I think it’s getting thick,” said Harry.
-
-“What’ll you do, Frank?” asked the Virginian.
-
-“Nothing; simply wait for developments.”
-
-“You must be getting rather tired of this. Here, we were just saying
-we’d have a peaceful, jolly time here in Paris, and right on top of it
-the fun begins. Why should you be in danger here? Harris will not
-trouble you, and Brattle is in London. You are practically a stranger in
-a strange city. I think it’s rot! I don’t take any stock in it.”
-
-“Whether you take any stock in it or not, you must confess that it is
-rather odd.”
-
-“It couldn’t be a joke? You don’t suppose Browning——”
-
-“I thought of that, but it doesn’t seem likely. I’ll wager that Bruce is
-sleeping off the excitement of last night.”
-
-The more they talked about it, the more mystified they became, till, at
-last, they gave it up. Frank put the paper in his pocket, and they
-continued their careless stroll back to the hotel.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV.
-
- BRUCE ANGRY.
-
-
-It was high noon when they reached the Place Vendome, having taken their
-time in returning. As they approached the hotel, Browning came out, and
-stood on the marble steps, smoking a cigar. Rattleton began to grin as
-they drew near, and the big fellow scowled blackly at them. They took
-off their hats, and saluted him, with mock courtesy.
-
-“Behold, he hath risen!” cried Frank.
-
-“At last, at least, at loost!” gurgled Harry.
-
-“Before you, gentlemen,” said Diamond, “you see a most imposing man.”
-
-“That’s right,” nodded Merry; “he’s imposed on everybody he could borrow
-money from.”
-
-“He had a very strong face,” observed Rattleton. “I believe he could
-travel on it.”
-
-“It looks as if he’d been traveling on it,” smiled Frank.
-
-“I should advise the gentleman to turn farmer,” said Harry.
-
-“Yes,” said Frank; “he might be able to raise a beard.”
-
-Browning did not seem to take this chaffing in good part, for he scowled
-blackly, uttered a growl, swung down the steps, and started off.
-
-“Where are you going, old man?” called Frank.
-
-Browning did not answer, or turn his head, but continued walking away.
-
-“He’s niffed,” said Jack. “That’s queer, for him.”
-
-“He’ll get over it,” declared Rattleton.
-
-But Frank was perplexed and disturbed.
-
-“I don’t like it, fellows,” he declared. “Never saw Bruce take a joke
-that way before.”
-
-“Oh, he’d thought it a fine thing if it’d been on somebody else,” said
-Harry. “Let him go. I’m hungry. Let’s have some lunch.”
-
-He caught hold of Frank’s arm, attempting to draw him into the hotel,
-but Merry would not go.
-
-“I don’t like it,” he confessed. “I don’t care to carry a joke so far
-that any of my real friends will take offense.”
-
-“Bosh! If Browning is mad about that, it will do him good to let him
-alone till he recovers.”
-
-Frank continued watching Bruce striding away across the square, and into
-the Rue Castiglione.
-
-“Go order lunch, fellows,” he said. “I’m going to bring Browning back.”
-
-“Don’t be fool enough to chase after him!” advised the Virginian.
-
-But Frank would not listen, and away he started after the big Yale man,
-who was striding along as if he had an important engagement to keep. It
-was near the obelisk that stands by the beautiful fountain in the Place
-de la Concorde that Frank overtook his college chum. Bruce had paused a
-moment in the midst of this most beautiful square in the whole world,
-probably, utterly unaware that he had been followed, when Merry came up,
-and put a hand on his shoulder.
-
-“Come, old man,” said Frank; “come back to the hotel, and have lunch
-with us.”
-
-Browning wheeled about, and scowled at Merry.
-
-“Who are you addressing?” he growled, like an angry dog.
-
-“Oh, come!” exclaimed Merry; “drop it! Don’t take a joke from a friend
-to heart in this manner.”
-
-“Friend!” rumbled the big fellow, with scorn and contempt. “Do you call
-yourself my friend? Bah!”
-
-Merriwell was astonished more than ever, but he was not willing to think
-Bruce in earnest.
-
-“Of course I call myself your friend!” he exclaimed. “Are you going to
-get sore over a harmless joke?”
-
-“I am done with you!” declared Browning dramatically. “I understand your
-boasted friendship now! You would make a laughing-stock of any friend
-you might have! Don’t grin at me! I am in earnest! I see through your
-hollow friendship now! I understand you at last! Leave me! I am done
-with you!”
-
-“Surely, you do not mean that, Browning?”
-
-“Surely I do!”
-
-“Impossible!”
-
-“Do you think so? Well, you’ll see! I shall look for another hotel! I
-shall go it alone, and no thanks to you, Frank Merriwell! Don’t dare
-ever again call me your friend! I am your enemy! All I ask is that you
-keep away from me, now and forever!”
-
-Frank caught his breath, astounded beyond measure. Browning was glaring
-at him in the fiercest manner imaginable, and he seemed angry enough to
-smite Merry full in the face.
-
-“Look here, Bruce,” said Frank, “I had no idea you could be so
-thin-skinned. If I had thought you’d take it this way, I would not
-have——”
-
-“It’s too late to tell what you would not have done! You’ve done it!”
-
-“But without a thought of——”
-
-“I advise you to think next time. We were enemies when you first came to
-Yale, and we’ll be enemies when you return there, if you are lucky
-enough to get back. I can make it pretty hot for you, and I think I
-will.”
-
-Frank’s face flushed, and he drew off a bit.
-
-“If you are willing to let a little thing like a joke ruin our
-friendship——”
-
-“Little thing!” again interrupted Browning. “What do you call a little
-thing? I didn’t come here to Paris with you to be made a guy! I don’t
-come here to stand as a butt for your wretched jokes! You have been
-pretty popular in your day, but you’re outgrowing it, and you won’t cut
-so much ice in the future. I’m no sycophant, to crawl round after you,
-and let you impose on me just as you please!”
-
-“You are quite unreasonable, old man. I scarcely looked for anything
-like this from you, and I think you’ll come to your senses in time.”
-
-“Think what you like; from this time, you and I are quits!”
-
-Then Browning turned, and crossed the square toward the Champs-Élysées,
-leaving Merry there by the fountain. As he walked away, the big fellow
-grinned, and muttered:
-
-“You didn’t expect that, did you? Oh, I’ll get back at you, Frank
-Merriwell! You’ll find there is somebody else who can play at that
-little game! I wonder how you like it!”
-
-Frank Merriwell stood there in the midst of the Place de la Concorde,
-and watched Browning depart. On one side lay the swiftly flowing Seine,
-spanned by a bridge five hundred feet in length; on the opposite side,
-to the north, a beautiful street disclosed the majestic portal of
-Madeline. To the left was the Garden of the Tuileries, while to the
-right opened the Champs-Élysées. The fountain tinkled and splashed in
-the sunshine, and over the smooth, hard pavement cabs came and went like
-swarms of insects. It seemed that this splendid square, where crowds of
-joyous people seemed forever crossing and recrossing, had been
-appropriately named, “The Place of Peace,” but there Frank Merriwell had
-failed to make peace with his offended comrade, and, as he stood
-reflecting, he remembered all the horrors that had taken place there on
-that spot where fell the shadow of the obelisk.
-
-There had been erected the hideous guillotine, the glittering blade of
-which had descended upon the necks of thousands of the aristocracy of
-France, among whom were Marie Antoinette and Louis XVI. The very ground
-beneath the stones was soaked with human blood, for there, day after
-day, the imbruted mob had gathered to sing, and laugh, and shout, as
-head after head of old and young, weak and strong, proud and beautiful,
-rich and famous, had rolled from the gory scaffold to mingle in the
-common basket.
-
-Frank shuddered with horror as he thought of the “knitting women” and
-“The Vengeance,” described by Dickens. He closed his eyes for a moment,
-and his vision showed him the scaffold, and he could hear those women
-calmly counting the blood-dripping heads as they continued to knit,
-knit, knit, and the scarlet blade rose and fell, cutting short the
-thread of a human life each time it descended. He saw the long lines of
-tumbrels rumbling through the streets, surrounded by the armed guard and
-the howling mobs, all headed toward this blood-cursed spot, bearing
-helpless and innocent victims to doom.
-
-In fancy, he saw a royal carriage enter that square, and stop near the
-raised platform, above which rose the blood-red post of the guillotine,
-and he saw Louis XVI. alight from the carriage, to be immediately
-surrounded by his executioners. He saw Louis remove his coat and cravat,
-and then object when they tried to bind his hands. He saw the confessor
-remonstrate with Louis, till, at last, the doomed man stretched out his
-hands, saying: “Do what you will; I will drink the cup to the dregs!”
-Frank pictured him, with a firm step, ascending to that blood-soaked
-platform. Then the drums beat, to drown his words; the spring was
-touched, and the fearful knife slid down the grooves.
-
-Then came Marie Antoinette, not in a closed carriage, like the king, but
-in an open cart, the same as the poorest wretch of them all. For a
-moment she had recoiled from the cart, which she saw beyond the gate of
-the courtyard, and then she had advanced up the steps, with firm and
-steady tread, armed guards on every hand, a hooting mob welcoming her
-appearance. And thus she had ridden through the streets to that fearful
-square, now called “The Place of Peace.” On the scaffold, she had looked
-over the seething mob to the Garden of the Tuileries, and the scenes of
-her former happiness, while a tear had rolled down her pale cheek.
-“Farewell, my children!” she had murmured; “I go to join your father.”
-Then she bowed her head, the knife fell, and the frightful deed was
-done.
-
-France may erect fountains in the midst of that beautiful square, but
-all the water in the world will not wash away the blood that has been
-shed there!
-
-Frank Merriwell gave himself a shake, as if throwing off these gruesome
-thoughts, and banishing the horrid visions. Browning had disappeared.
-
-“I was a fool to let him go like that!” muttered Merry. “If I am to
-blame, I’m willing to apologize, and I feel sure Browning will accept an
-apology.”
-
-Then he hurried across the square, and followed Bruce. Frank fancied he
-must soon overtake Browning, but he was surprised to traverse the entire
-length of the Elysian Fields before catching a glimpse of the big Yale
-man.
-
-Browning was turning into a side street as Frank observed him. He seemed
-walking as if to keep an appointment with some one. Puzzled not a little
-by what had happened, and by Browning’s mysterious behavior, Frank
-followed at a distance.
-
-At last, Browning came to a little café, and he entered, without once
-looking back. Merry decided that it was an ordinary drinking-saloon, and
-he wondered if Browning had gone in there for the purpose of indulging
-freely in intoxicants.
-
-After a moment of hesitation, Merry followed. The moment Frank stepped
-inside the door, he decided it was a cheap place, indeed. From the
-outside, it did not look so bad; but, once inside, it reminded him of
-the den of the Red Flag, where he had found the well-known ruffians of
-Paris assembled.
-
-A few men were drinking at tables. They looked at Frank suspiciously as
-he glanced them over. He saw nothing of Browning. A door opened into
-another room. To that door he advanced. A man met him, and asked, in
-French, what he wanted.
-
-“I am looking for a friend,” answered Merry, likewise in French.
-
-“Have you the sign?”
-
-“The what?”
-
-“The sign.”
-
-“No; I don’t know what——”
-
-“Then you cannot enter.”
-
-At this moment, a voice from within cried out something in very bad
-French, and the man at the door suddenly stepped aside, saying:
-
-“Enter.”
-
-Frank hesitated a moment, and then stepped into the room. Immediately
-the door closed behind him with a click.
-
-Frank stood there looking around in the dim light which came through a
-curtained window. He saw there were several persons in the room. At the
-farther end was a passage.
-
-“_L’espion!_”
-
-The word was hissed through the gloom, and it put Frank on the alert in
-a moment.
-
-Somebody had called him a spy! What did it mean? All around him, men
-rose up, and, in that moment, he realized he had walked into grave
-peril. Out in the passage, a door opened, admitting a faint gleam of
-light. Somebody passed through the door, and Frank was certain he
-recognized Bruce Browning hurriedly leaving.
-
-“Browning!” he called. “Browning, stop!”
-
-He leaped toward the passage.
-
-Slam! The door closed, and the departing person was gone.
-
-Bang! Another door slammed in his face, and he was kept from entering
-the passage.
-
-Like a flash, Frank whirled about. Somewhere, he fancied, he heard a
-person hammering on a door, the blows echoing along the closed passage.
-He was not armed, and he realized that some sort of danger beset him. It
-was startling, because it was so unexpected and mysterious. Out from the
-men who had risen, one advanced. Even in the gloom of the place, to
-which Frank’s eyes were not yet accustomed, there seemed something
-familiar about this person.
-
-“It is Frank Merriwell!” exclaimed an exulting, triumphant voice. “We
-are met again!”
-
-The hammering which echoed through the passage became a crash, as if a
-door had fallen before an assault. Then followed something like a sodden
-blow, and a groan. What queer thing was happening beyond the door at
-Frank Merriwell’s back?
-
-“Yes, we are met again!” exulted the man that confronted Frank. “Look at
-me! You know me!”
-
-The man bent forward, and Frank’s eyes seemed to pierce the gloom. In
-amazement, Merry started back against the door.
-
-“Martin Brattle?” he exclaimed, in doubt. “It can’t be!”
-
-“Oh, but it is!” declared the man. “You thought me dead; but, you see, I
-am not. I have followed you here. I have come for Elsie!”
-
-“Elsie!”
-
-“Yes. Where is she?”
-
-“She is not in Paris.”
-
-“You lie! I know she is here! You shall send a message that will bring
-her to you—and to me!”
-
-“Are you crazy, Brattle? Did your fall rob you of reason? Elsie Bellwood
-is in England. She did not accompany me to France.”
-
-“And you think you can make me believe that? Bah! I know you, Frank
-Merriwell! You are a great bluffer, but the game will not go now!”
-
-Then he turned to the other men, crying, in broken French:
-
-“Down with the spy! Don’t let him escape! I have told you who he is!
-Down with him!”
-
-And they sprang, like famished tigers, at Frank!
-
-Frank Merriwell felt that it was to be a fight for life against terrible
-odds. He leaped aside, caught up a chair, swung it over his head, and
-splintered it with a blow that stretched one of his assailants on the
-floor.
-
-Then Frank laughed! It was the old-time, reckless laugh that broke from
-his lips in moments of great danger. It sounded weird and uncanny now,
-and, for a single instant, it seemed to check the assault of his many
-foes.
-
-“At him!” screamed Brattle. “Capture him! Down with him!”
-
-Merry flung the broken chair at the man who was urging the others on. It
-struck him, and sent him sprawling and spluttering.
-
-“Come on, my fine fellows!” invited Frank. “Or, if you won’t come on,
-I’ll come to you!”
-
-He did! With a leap, he was among them. Never had the young Yale athlete
-used his hard fists to better advantage. He was fresh and unhampered,
-and he cracked about him at the heads of those men, leaping, darting,
-ducking, diving, striking all the time. One man he smashed on the ear,
-another he hit in the eye, a third he struck fair and full in the pit of
-the stomach, having dodged a blow himself. And Frank laughed again,
-exulting in the fury of the fight.
-
-Those Frenchmen were astonished, for they had not conceived that one
-lone Yankee could make such a fight. They had fancied it would be the
-easiest thing in the world to leap on the American, crush him down, bind
-him, make him captive. But he was like a whirlwind among them, and he
-sent them flying in all directions.
-
-“_Mon Dieu!_“ they cried. “He is a fury! He is a madman!”
-
-“I am a trifle mad,” admitted Frank, as he skilfully kicked one fellow
-full in the face, sending him flying across a table. “It starts me a bit
-to be jumped on in this manner. Good morning! Have you used Pear’s
-soap?”
-
-With this question, he came round at a fellow who had tried to grapple
-him behind, hitting him a smashing blow that flung him bodily against
-the partition. There were yells, and groans, and curses. Men were
-scrambling over each other on the floor, struggling up, and falling
-again. There came the crash of glass and the splintering of wood.
-
-Somebody struck at Frank with a chair, but he dodged the blow, so that
-it did not fall fairly, although he felt it on his shoulder. Then he
-wrenched the chair from the man’s hands, and beat him down with his own
-weapon.
-
-“I think I shall enjoy this after awhile!” he exclaimed. “It’s a real
-lively time!”
-
-“Fight as much as you like!” snarled the voice of Brattle. “You can’t
-get out! We have you, and you’ll be used all the worse for making such a
-row!”
-
-“Come over where I can get another crack at you!” invited Merry. “If I
-could hit you once more, real hard, I wouldn’t mind what happened after
-that!”
-
-“I’ll get a crack at you before I’m done, see if I don’t!”
-
-“You will follow your friend Harris, and he won’t trouble anybody
-again!”
-
-“You killed him?”
-
-“No; he drowned himself.”
-
-“I’ll not follow him till I have settled with you! Down with him, men!”
-
-A door opened and closed, and a huge form loomed in the gloom of the
-place.
-
-Frank saw it, and cried:
-
-“Browning! You are just in time! Come on, old man, give me a hand!”
-
-The gigantic form loomed at Merry’s side, and then Frank was struck a
-terrible blow that stretched him on the floor.
-
-“Treachery!” he gasped, trying to struggle up. “Browning, you have
-turned——”
-
-They piled upon him. With a fearful effort, he flung them right and
-left.
-
-“Hold!”
-
-There was a sudden burst of light, as the door leading to the passage
-flew open. A man entered, bearing a lamp that was lighted. Struggling to
-his feet, Frank Merriwell saw the Mystery was there, having entered from
-the passage!
-
-The strange man was dressed in black from his head to his feet. His hair
-and his beard were black as the raven’s wing, and his deep-set eyes
-seemed like pools of ink, while his face was pale as marble. His
-appearance caused the ruffians to desist for a moment from their attack
-on Frank. There was something terrible in the demeanor of the man who
-called himself Mr. Noname. Before him Martin Brattle shrank and cowered.
-
-But one of the ruffians uttered a snarl, crying, in French:
-
-“Down with them both! They are both spies!”
-
-The mob crouched like tigers about to spring.
-
-“Back!” rang out the deep voice of the mysterious man.
-
-They paused.
-
-“Back!” he cried, lifting one hand above his head. “I hold a bomb here,
-and, by the eternal heavens, I’ll drop it, and blow this building to
-atoms, if you do not keep off!”
-
-That stopped them. They could see a round object in his uplifted hand,
-and a sudden fear seized upon them. There was something in his pose and
-manner that awed them.
-
-“Now,” said the strange man, speaking to Frank Merriwell, “the time for
-you to depart has come. No one will lift a hand to stop you. The way is
-open.”
-
-Frank realized that the Mystery had appeared at the proper moment to
-save him, and he was thankful, but cool.
-
-“And you,” he asked, “what will you do?”
-
-“I will go with you. Never fear for me. Nothing can harm me. But I shall
-blow them to pieces if they try to stop us!”
-
-Frank stepped past him, and entered the passage. Still holding his hand
-uplifted, the Man of Mystery retreated backward into the passage.
-
-With a swift movement, he placed the lamp on a shelf, and closed the
-door, crying loudly, in perfect French:
-
-“The first man who tries to enter by that door will be blown to a
-thousand fragments!”
-
-He stepped softly to Frank’s side.
-
-“Follow!” he said.
-
-At the end of the passage was the door by which Merry had fancied he saw
-Browning departing. Now it was shattered and broken, as if it had been
-struck by a battering-ram, and Frank remembered the blows which had
-resounded through the passage, and the crash that had been followed by
-groans. Frank also remembered the gigantic figure that had appeared in
-the darkened room where the battle was taking place, and how he had
-thought it Browning returned to his aid. But the giant had struck him
-down with a blow, and he could not believe Bruce had done that.
-
-Out by the shattered door they passed, and found themselves in a yard
-that was surrounded by a high stone wall. In the wall was an iron gate,
-but it opened at the touch of the Mystery. Beyond the gate, they were
-beneath some drooping trees, which seemed to lack the sunlight which was
-shut off by the crowding buildings.
-
-The Man Without a Name did not pause. He led the way to a door, and, to
-Frank, it seemed that all portals yielded like magic to his touch, for
-the door flew open before him. Soon they had passed on, and emerged upon
-a narrow street.
-
-“You are free,” said the Mystery. “But go not back to that place. It is
-a nest of serpents.”
-
-“My friend—he went in there.”
-
-“Your friend?” said the Mystery questioningly. “Who is your friend?”
-
-“Bruce Browning.”
-
-“Who is your friend?” repeated the strange man. “You can be sure of no
-friend but me. I am ever constant. Other friends may fail you, but I
-will not.”
-
-“But he is back there!”
-
-“How do you know?”
-
-“I followed him in there.”
-
-“And found him not. Trust not friends whom you fail to find in your hour
-of need.”
-
-“I cannot go away while he may be in peril!”
-
-“You cannot go back, and escape with your life! It is a devils’ nest!
-The vipers of Paris are there. They plot, and rob, and slay. Among them
-is an enemy who has followed you across the ocean. He has paid them to
-destroy you. Keep away from the nest of vipers. Even though you saw your
-friend go in there, did you not see him come out?”
-
-“Who are you?” cried Frank, amazed. “How is it you know so much? How is
-it you are always near when I am in peril?”
-
-“There is a tie that binds us.”
-
-“What tie?”
-
-“Fate.”
-
-“I do not understand this mystery.”
-
-“It is not for you to understand now. The time may come when the scales
-will fall from your eyes, and you shall know all.”
-
-The man seemed ready to turn away, but Frank put out a hand appealingly.
-
-“Can’t you tell me more?” he pleaded. “I thought you had perished in the
-fire in London.”
-
-“Fire cannot destroy me. My time has not come.”
-
-“Why is it that the sound of your voice seems to awaken echoes of memory
-within me? Why is it I feel a strange thrill run over me when you are
-near? Why is it I trusted you from the very first, even though you
-seemed an enemy?”
-
-“Does not your heart answer those questions?”
-
-“My heart struggled with the problem, but cannot answer it. I am
-mystified—bewildered—dazed.”
-
-“I tell you the time will come when the scales shall fall from your
-eyes, and the mystery be revealed unto you. I have proved that I am
-worthy of trust, have I not?”
-
-“Yes—yes!”
-
-“Trust me, and wait.”
-
-“But why do men shrink before you? I am sure it was more your presence
-than the bomb that cowed those tigers.”
-
-“The bomb!” said the strange man. “There was no bomb!”
-
-“No bomb?”
-
-“No; nothing but this.”
-
-In his extended hand, the Man of Mystery held an oval-shaped cake of
-dark-colored substance.
-
-“What is it?” wondered Frank.
-
-“Soap!”
-
-“What?”
-
-“Soap—nothing more!”
-
-“Impossible!” gasped Merry. “Impossible that you cowed those ruffians
-with a cake of soap!”
-
-“It is the bomb with which I threatened them. When I entered the passage
-by that broken door to go to your rescue, I found the lamp and the cake
-of soap on a shelf. The lamp I lighted, and the cake of soap I took with
-me. You witnessed the result.”
-
-“Astounding!” gasped Frank. “It is almost beyond belief! Talk of
-nerve—that takes the cake!”
-
-“We shall meet again,” said the Mystery. “Go back to the hotel now, and
-do not worry about any false friend. Farewell, for a time.”
-
-Then the man turned, and walked away along the narrow street.
-
-Frank hesitated, watching him. When the man was far along the street,
-Merry hurried after him. He was in time to see the strange being reach
-the corner, and enter a closed carriage that seemed waiting for him.
-Away rolled the carriage.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V.
-
- FRANK IN A QUANDARY.
-
-
-Wondering greatly over what had happened, and not a little troubled
-thereat, Frank Merriwell returned to the hotel. The singular appearance
-of the Mystery in Paris, the remarkable behavior of Browning, the
-turning up of Brattle, the encounter in the café, and the rescue by Mr.
-Noname were events of an order to fill him with astonishment. It is a
-credit to Frank that the behavior of Browning troubled him more than
-anything else. It had not seemed possible that big, good-natured Bruce
-would turn against Frank for a little thing like a harmless practical
-joke; but, when Merry thought over the talk in the Place de la Concorde,
-and Browning’s manner, he was led to confess to himself that it might be
-that Bruce was actually too angry for reason.
-
-“He’ll be sorry for it,” thought Frank. “He must have known I followed
-him to that café, and he dodged out by the back way, as I entered that
-darkened room where those ruffians were. I saw him departing.”
-
-Then he thought of the sound of blows echoing along the passage, the
-crash, and the groans. He had found the door broken down, but it had
-told him nothing.
-
-But the giant who appeared in the darkened room, and struck him down—who
-was that? He knew it had looked just like Browning, but it was not
-Browning, for nothing could have led the big fellow to such dastardly
-work.
-
-“I’ll find Bruce back at the hotel,” Merry told himself. “He will laugh
-at me for the chase he has given me.”
-
-He hurried his footsteps. His brain was in a whirl. The mystery of the
-Man Without a Name was enough to bewilder him, and that, added to the
-other things that had happened, put him in a maze. And, only a few short
-hours before, he had promised himself that his visit in Paris was to be
-quiet and uneventful!
-
-When he reached the hotel, he found Jack and Harry watching for him.
-They plied him with questions, but he answered nothing till he had
-asked:
-
-“Is Bruce here?”
-
-“We have seen nothing of him,” they declared.
-
-“He must be here,” insisted Frank.
-
-“It’s strange we have not seen him, if he returned.”
-
-They looked for him, but he was not in his room, nor could he be found
-about the hotel. Frank threw himself upon a chair, and stared at the
-floor, with a troubled look.
-
-“What’s the matter?” asked Diamond. “Hanged if you don’t look as if
-you’d been in a scrimmage!”
-
-“I have,” said Merry quietly.
-
-“What?”
-
-Both lads stared at him.
-
-“Kit your quidding—I mean quit your kidding!” spluttered Harry.
-
-“I am not kidding,” assured Merry. “I have been in one of the hottest
-scraps of my life.”
-
-Then he told them about it, and they listened with growing amazement.
-When he told them of the appearance of Brattle, both lads leaped to
-their feet.
-
-“That fellow here?” shouted the Virginian.
-
-“Poly hoker!” panted Rattleton. “Have you been having a pipe-dream,
-Merry?”
-
-“It’s no dream. Mart Brattle is in Paris. He has followed me here,
-thinking to get hold of Elsie Bellwood.”
-
-“But Elsie is in London.”
-
-“He didn’t know it. He thought she came to Paris at the same time we
-came.”
-
-“Well, it was a most unfortunate thing when that thug escaped being
-killed in London!” cried Diamond.
-
-“It would have been no great loss to the world,” confessed Frank; “but
-he did escape, and he is here. But for Mr. Noname, Brattle’s gang must
-have downed me in the end. That man appeared at just the right moment to
-pull me out of the scrape.”
-
-“And stood the ruffians off with a bomb?” said Rattleton.
-
-“A bomb that was no bomb at all,” smiled Frank, amused by the
-recollection.
-
-“No bomb?”
-
-“How was that?”
-
-Frank explained, causing Jack and Harry to collapse.
-
-“That’s the greatest trick I ever heard of!” exclaimed the Virginian in
-admiration. “I’ll never again say anything about Mr. Noname. A man who
-can do a thing like that is all right.”
-
-They talked over all that had happened. It was very remarkable, and
-created no end of discussion. Diamond alone thought it possible Browning
-had been in earnest. Rattleton could not conceive that Bruce would
-remain offended, and Frank had felt all along that the big fellow would
-come round.
-
-“But he’s shown what he’s made of,” said Jack.
-
-“And you would have taken it just as much to heart, if you had been in
-his place,” said Harry. “You are a poor fellow to take a joke.”
-
-Jack flushed.
-
-“When I know it’s a joke, I can take it,” he asserted.
-
-Tutor Maybe appeared at this juncture, and began to talk with Frank
-about his studies; but Merry was in no mood to discuss such matters
-then, and he promptly said so.
-
-“To-morrow, or the day after, will be time enough,” he said. “Don’t
-bother me now. I have enough on my mind.”
-
-It was not considered advisable to alarm the tutor by telling him of
-Frank’s adventure, and Maybe was left to fret and worry as much as he
-liked, while the boys went out to look after Bruce. The day passed, and
-Browning failed to return. As evening drew on, Frank grew restless and
-anxious. He could not think that the big fellow was remaining away out
-of pique or anger, and he began to fear, despite the remembered
-assurance of Mr. Noname, that some thing had happened to Bruce.
-
-Again and again he thought of the strange hammering at the door in the
-passage of the queer café, the crash, and the groans. At last, for all
-of any danger he might encounter, he resolved to visit the place again.
-From his trunk Merry took out a revolver, which he carefully loaded.
-Diamond and Rattleton watched him with curiosity, not to say anxiety.
-
-“Where are you going?” the Virginian asked, after awhile.
-
-“To the dive where I had the little scrap,” declared Frank.
-
-“No, not there?”
-
-“Yes, right there.”
-
-Jack rose.
-
-“Come, Rattleton,” he said; “we must get our shooting-irons.”
-
-“What do you intend to do?” asked Merry.
-
-“Go with you,” asserted Diamond grimly.
-
-“You bet!” nodded Harry, with satisfaction. “If you are going back into
-that hornets’ nest, we’ll be right with you. But why don’t you notify
-the police, and——”
-
-“Be notified to keep away from the place? Excuse me,” said Frank grimly.
-“I do not care for the French police in mine. But, with a gun at hand,
-I’ll be able to take care of myself.”
-
-“With Rattleton and myself at hand, you’ll be better able to take care
-of yourself, and so we are going along,” said Jack, as he marched out of
-the room.
-
-Jack and Harry armed themselves, and announced to Frank that they were
-ready. The trio started out, prepared for any kind of an adventure they
-might encounter.
-
-“If I knew where to find Mr. Noname now,” said Merry. “But it’s more
-than even money he will find me, if I run my nose into any danger. He
-always pops up at the right moment.”
-
-The lights were beginning to twinkle when they turned into the crooked
-little street, and approached the café where Frank had met with his
-adventure. Merry strode along, with swinging step, seeming anxious to
-reach the place as soon as possible. When they came in front of the
-narrow little door, a white-aproned old man was lighting the gas within.
-As they entered, they saw men sitting at the tables, eating, drinking,
-and smoking, while white-aproned waiters served them.
-
-Frank had made sure of the place, but, somehow, it did not seem quite
-the same by gaslight. The door to the back room was open, and Merry
-advanced, without hesitation, to it. He expected that he would be denied
-admittance, but, to his astonishment, no one asked him for “the sign,”
-and he stepped into the room, where the tables were covered by cloths,
-and a few rather respectable-looking old men were drinking and smoking,
-as they chatted in the seclusion of the place.
-
-More dazed than ever, Frank looked round the place, and it seemed quite
-unfamiliar, save that there was a door just where he felt certain the
-entrance to the passage must be. Two long steps took him to the door,
-but it was fastened, and refused to move at his touch. The old men
-looked at him in surprise. A waiter came up, and mildly asked what he
-wanted. Everything seemed so quiet and peaceful there that he wondered
-if he could be dreaming. By day, the place had been dark and sinister,
-filled with human tigers; by night, it was alight, and seemed in every
-way a respectable café.
-
-Frank’s companions observed the bewildered look on his face, and they
-wondered if he had made a blunder.
-
-“What does monsieur want?” again asked the waiter.
-
-“I want to see the proprietor,” said Frank boldly, speaking in most
-excellent French. “It is important. Tell him that I must see him at
-once.”
-
-“Yes, monsieur.”
-
-The waiter bowed low, and departed. After a little, he returned with a
-gentlemanly looking man, who had a white mustache and imperial, and
-carried himself with a military air.
-
-“Monsieur,” said the waiter to Frank, “this is M. Delambre.”
-
-M. Delambre bowed in a most courteous manner.
-
-“And what favor may I have the honor of doing you, gentlemen?” he asked
-suavely.
-
-“I was here this afternoon,” said Frank, speaking boldly and to the
-point.
-
-“And you return again to-night,” smiled M. Delambre in a flattered
-manner. “That speaks well for the manner in which you were entertained.
-Accept my thanks.”
-
-“Oh, I was well entertained!” exclaimed Frank. “It was in this room,
-too. Here I came, alone and a stranger, and here I was set upon by a
-pack of ruffians, from whom I barely escaped with my life!”
-
-M. Delambre seemed thunderstruck. He started back, and stared at Merry,
-one hand uplifted.
-
-“Monsieur,” he cried gently, “what are you saying? Are you mad? Or are
-you jesting, after the manner of some foreigners?”
-
-“I am neither, M. Delambre; I am speaking the truth, as you must know.”
-
-“Be careful, sir. I have a respectable place here, and I cannot afford
-to have my business ruined.”
-
-“Your place seems respectable enough now, but it was filled with
-ruffians this afternoon. In this very room, I fought a band of them, and
-they came near doing me up. Now, M. Delambre, I have some questions to
-ask you, and it is best that you answer them.”
-
-The Frenchman drew himself up haughtily.
-
-“Sir, you are insulting!” he said harshly. “I can prove by a hundred
-persons that my house is thoroughly respectable, and I will permit no
-one to injure me by such stories. I advise you to leave here at once, or
-I will call in the gendarmes!”
-
-“Call them, if you like,” said Merry, with perfect coolness. “I do not
-believe you care to attract attention to yourself and your place.”
-
-M. Delambre made a gesture of despair.
-
-“You foreigners—you Englishmen!” he cried. “It is useless to argue with
-you!”
-
-Frank did not fancy being called an Englishman, and he told the
-Frenchman as much.
-
-“I am an American, and in America we have a way of coming straight to
-the point. Now, see here, M. Delambre, I do not wish to make you any
-trouble, but I am trying to find out something about a friend whom I
-followed into this place. He has disappeared.”
-
-The Frenchman held up both hands, a look of horror on his face.
-
-“Monsieur,” he cried, “do you mean to add that I know something about
-the disappearance of your friend? That is still worse! You have added to
-the insult! I beg you to leave my place at once, or I shall be forced to
-call my waiters, and have you ejected!”
-
-“Now, see here, sir,” came grimly from Merry, “I advise you to go slow
-about this ejecting business! I don’t think you can summon enough
-waiters to eject my friends and myself.”
-
-“Let him try it!” exclaimed Diamond.
-
-“Do let him try it!” urged Rattleton.
-
-Both of Frank’s friends looked very eager for a scrimmage, and the
-proprietor of the café showed still further agitation. Again Frank plied
-him with questions, but now he took another turn, relapsing into grim
-silence, shrugging his shoulders, sneering, and scowling. It was useless
-to coax, or threaten, or cajole. M. Delambre closed up like a clam, and
-nothing could they learn from him.
-
-“Better make a complaint to the authorities, Merry,” suggested Diamond.
-“Better have the joint placed under surveillance.”
-
-Frank did not fancy being baffled in such a manner, but he realized that
-his efforts were wasted. Some of the waiters came and stood near,
-scowling at the three lads, which made Diamond long for a pitched
-battle. Rattleton, also, expressed an “itching” to punch a few heads.
-
-Merry knew better than to create a disturbance there then, and so he was
-forced to beat a retreat, giving over the effort to obtain any
-information concerning Browning. When they were outside, he turned, and
-surveyed the front of the place closely.
-
-“I suppose you are sure you’re right?” asked Jack. “This is the place?”
-
-“Beyond a doubt,” declared Frank. “There are some clever rascals in
-there, and M. Delambre is chief of them all.”
-
-But Merry was more downcast over the outcome of the affair than he cared
-to let his friends know.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI.
-
- TRAPPED.
-
-
-The Champs-Élysées were blazing with light from the Arch of Triumph to
-the Place de la Concorde. The café-chantants were in full blast. Colored
-electric lights spelled out the names of the different places of
-amusement. Swarms of cabs and carriages, with their yellow side lamps,
-came and went. Long rows of tables stood under the trees, surrounded by
-men and women, who were dining in the open air, bareheaded, chatting,
-laughing, joyous.
-
-Down the broad avenue went the three American lads, returning to the
-hotel, where they hoped to find the missing one. The sound of music and
-singing from the theaters lured them not. The sound of talk, and
-laughter, and tinkling glasses at the tables did not stop them. The
-sight of all these people enjoying themselves as human beings can enjoy
-themselves in no other part of the world did not check their footsteps.
-
-Frank Merriwell had been there before, and he knew all this by heart;
-but, to Jack and Harry, the sights and sounds were new and novel. At
-some of the tables, they saw parties of respectable Americans, people of
-high standing and good breeding, eating and drinking there, beneath the
-lighted trees at the edge of the sidewalk, utterly unconscious that they
-were doing anything remarkable. And yet no amount of money could have
-induced those same persons to sit around a table place at the corner of
-Thirty-third Street and Broadway, in New York. In Paris, they were ready
-and glad to adopt the manners of the natives.
-
-Leaving all this behind, the boys hastened to the hotel, where they were
-again disappointed, for Browning was not there. They looked at each
-other helplessly.
-
-“Something serious has happened to him,” asserted Frank. “I feel it—I
-know it!”
-
-“He is to blame for it all!” exploded Jack petulantly. “If he had not
-taken a nif, and posted off by himself, you’d never run into that joint
-where you had the scrap. If he’s been knocked down, and robbed, and
-murdered, he brought it on himself.”
-
-Frank was beginning to feel miserable. He went to his room, where he
-paced up and down. Then he stole out of the hotel, all by himself, and
-started back along the route over which he had followed Bruce that
-morning. Down in the midst of the Elysian Fields he paused, and sat
-down, all alone, at a table, where he ordered a drink of ginger-ale, and
-sat sipping it.
-
-Frank had about made up his mind to go to the authorities, and report
-that the big Yale man was missing. He hated to do it, but he feared he
-was making a mistake in neglecting to do so. As he sat there, several
-persons brushed past his table. Who had dropped a slip of paper upon it,
-he could not tell, but he found it lying there before him.
-
-Merry picked it up. There was writing upon the paper. It said:
-
- “Come to the Theater of the Republic. I will meet you there. I
- am watching Mart Brattle, and do not wish to leave him.
-
- BROWNING.”
-
-Frank gave a great jump. He bent over, and examined the writing.
-
-“Browning’s hand!” he exclaimed. “This is from him, but how did it get
-here?”
-
-There was a mystery. Mysterious happenings were crowding fast.
-
-Frank began to fancy that he understood why Browning had remained away
-from the hotel all day. The big fellow had been tracking Brattle. Frank
-sprang up, completely thrown off his guard for the moment. He did not
-stop to think it over. The Theater of the Republic was near at hand, and
-soon he was hurrying toward it.
-
-As he approached the entrance, a man suddenly appeared at his side, and
-grasped his wrist, speaking a single word into his ear:
-
-“Stop!”
-
-Frank faced the man like a flash.
-
-It was Mr. Noname!
-
-“Stop!” commanded the Mystery. “You are going straight to your death!”
-
-Needless to say, Frank stopped.
-
-“You here?” he exclaimed.
-
-“Yes—in time to stop you from falling into the trap. You have been
-summoned to enter that place. In there, behind a column which you must
-pass, stands a man with a dagger hidden in his sleeve. He means to place
-that dagger in your heart!”
-
-Despite himself, Frank shivered.
-
-“How do you know this?”
-
-“How do I know anything? Do not ask me. Have I ever deceived you?”
-
-“Never.”
-
-“I am not deceiving you now. I know whereof I speak.”
-
-“But, my friend, the one I seek has summoned me there.”
-
-“No! The summons was a forgery. Your friend is not there.”
-
-Wondering still more, Frank snatched the scrap of paper from his pocket,
-and scanned it again, standing there in the glare of lights, which made
-the place as bright as day.
-
-“It is his writing!” he exclaimed.
-
-“A forgery, I tell you!” persisted Mr. Noname. “A clever one, perhaps;
-but your friend did not write it. Your deadliest enemy is in there. He
-is watching the assassin he has hired to do the job. The assassin has
-laid his plans well, and expects to escape after he has struck you
-down.”
-
-Frank was convinced, for never had he known the Mystery to tell him
-anything but the truth.
-
-“What can I do?” he asked.
-
-“Keep away.”
-
-“I can’t do that. You say my enemy is in there? You say Brattle is
-there, then?”
-
-“Yes; he is there.”
-
-“I want to find him. I wish to shadow him.”
-
-“Better leave him to me.”
-
-“I cannot leave everything to you. My friend Bruce Browning has
-disappeared. You cannot tell me where to find him.”
-
-“Can’t I?”
-
-“Can you?”
-
-“Perhaps not just now,” admitted the Mystery; “but, if you want to
-know——”
-
-“I do! I shall not rest till I find out!”
-
-“Then I will help you to find out.”
-
-“I am sure this man Brattle has had a hand in the disappearance of my
-friend. If not, how does it happen that he knows Browning is not with
-me? Brattle must be followed—he must be tracked to his hole!”
-
-“Let me do it.”
-
-“You cannot do everything. I must have a disguise. I must go in there! I
-am determined to go in there!”
-
-“Come with me.”
-
-“Where?”
-
-“I will see that you have what you want.”
-
-They sprang into a cab, the man of mystery spoke to the driver, and away
-they went. It was not a long drive. The cab dropped them at the door of
-a dark, little shop. The Mystery knocked with his knuckles against a
-pane in a window, and soon the door opened. They entered. A coal-oil
-lamp lighted the place.
-
-“Felix,” said Mr. Noname, “my young friend wants a disguise. It must
-change his appearance so his best friend will not know him.”
-
-“_Oui_,” grunted Felix, the withered old keeper of the shop. “I will
-make him so his own mother could not know him.”
-
-And when Frank issued from the place, less than twenty minutes later,
-Felix had kept his word. Frank was made up to look like a sap-headed
-English swell, and his clothes were of the style affected by so many
-British tourists, who seemed to delight in making themselves as
-conspicuous and ridiculous as possible. Frank carried a heavy stick, and
-his hair was combed down over his forehead in a bang. The expression on
-his face was one of vapid stupidity. He wore a monocle, and he walked in
-an affected manner.
-
-Thus Frank appeared at the door of the Theater of the Republic, where he
-paid the price required, and entered. A woman was singing on the stage
-as Merry came sauntering in. Men were sitting everywhere about the
-tables, talking to women. No one seemed paying much attention to what
-was taking place on the stage.
-
-Frank Merriwell looked for the assassin by the pillar—and fancied he
-found him. A man was loitering near one, his hat pulled over his eyes.
-This man seemed to scan the face of every person who entered.
-
-“Brattle must be near,” decided Frank.
-
-He took a position where he could watch, and waited to get track of
-Brattle. The man by the pillar was impatient. It was plain he had about
-given up. At last, he turned, with an impatient gesture, and declined to
-remain on the watch longer.
-
-Frank knew well enough that this was one of the ruffians who had
-attacked him in the saloon. He resolved to try his disguise upon the
-man.
-
-Approaching the hired assassin, he paused, and drawled:
-
-“Me good fellaw, can yer tell me what houah Anna Held comes on? I have
-seen the little peach in Hamerica, don’t y’ ’now, and I want to see her
-hagain, don’t y’ hunderstand. Ya-as, by Jawve!”
-
-The man made a swift and rather savage retort in French, shrugging his
-shoulders, and turning his back on Merry.
-
-Frank smiled to himself.
-
-“In rather bad temper, I take it,” he thought. “Failed to see anything
-of your game, and so you are impolite.”
-
-Another man came up hurriedly, and spoke to the one who had been
-loitering by the pillar. It was Brattle. With boldness, Merry addressed
-his enemy, his face wearing an expression of idiotic anxiety:
-
-“I say, me deah man, cawn’t yer tell me what time Anna Held comes on?
-I’d like to see her hagain, ye hunderstand.”
-
-“Oh, go to the devil, you wooden-headed chump!” exclaimed Martin
-Brattle, grasping his companion by the arm and turning toward the door.
-
-“Haw! Very wude cwecher!” gasped Frank, thrusting the head of his cane
-into his mouth and staring after them.
-
-He did not let them escape, but when they reached the open air he was
-following them. It was no easy thing to shadow two men along the
-brilliantly lighted Champs-Élysées, but Frank did the job in a manner
-that would have done credit to a professional detective; and, after a
-time, they turned into another street, where it was easier.
-
-Frank followed them a long, long time, for they did not seem to suspect
-that he was at their heels. Then, to his infinite disgust, he lost them.
-They seemed to melt into the very stones of the street. Frank was
-certain they must have entered some place near at hand, but he had not
-seen them do so, and he could not tell which way to turn.
-
-He was thoroughly aroused.
-
-“Well, I’ve done a smart trick!” he muttered. “I’ve let them get away
-after tracking them here! What would the Mystery say to that?”
-
-“That you did well to track them so far,” murmured a voice, and the
-Mystery stepped out of a dark doorway within ten feet of him.
-
-The appearance of the strange man gave Frank a start, despite his strong
-nerves.
-
-“You?” he gasped. “How does it happen that you are here?”
-
-“Do not ask questions now. You wish to know where those men went?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“This way.”
-
-Mr. Noname drew Frank in at the doorway. They passed through a narrow
-passage, ascended a flight of stairs, descended another, and yet
-another, crossed a cemented cellar, ascended some stone steps, and came
-out into the little back yard of the café where the fight had taken
-place that day. Directly before Frank, beneath the gloomy trees, was the
-shattered door, now mended and standing in place.
-
-“There is where you will find them,” asserted the Mystery; “but this
-door is closed now, and it is barred on the other side. Wait. I will
-pass to the other side and open it for you.”
-
-“How can you do anything like——”
-
-Frank stopped and caught his breath. He was alone! The Mystery had
-disappeared!
-
-“Well, talk about your modern magic—this beats anything yet! That man
-comes and goes like a disembodied spirit.”
-
-The Mystery had promised to open that door, and Merry had confidence to
-believe he would keep his word, so he waited there in the narrow yard
-beneath the gloomy trees. He heard a distant clock tolling the hour, and
-the sound gave him a chill, like a bell pealing for the passing of a
-soul.
-
-Frank pushed against the mended door, but it stood firm before him. He
-moved about and explored the yard. In this manner it seemed that at
-least an hour passed. Of course it was not so long, but time dragged
-slowly with him waiting there. Frank was growing impatient, when he
-heard a sound behind him, and wheeled about. Black shadows were
-appearing under the trees. There was more than one of them—there were
-several! Those shadows moved like creatures of life. They seemed to
-crouch and steal toward him. In the blackness under the trees there was
-a whisper. Frank Merriwell recoiled against the mended door, his heart
-leaping into his mouth.
-
-“Trapped!”
-
-The word leaped to his lips, and his hand flew for a weapon. In that
-instant those shadows darted forward and sprang upon him. He tried to
-draw his revolver, but it was knocked from his hand. In falling it was
-discharged when it struck the ground, and the flash lighted for a single
-instant the triumphant face of Frank’s enemy, Martin Brattle.
-
-Merry struck hard and sure for that face, and his fist landed. The man
-was knocked down, but he struggled up, snarling:
-
-“Crush him down! Capture him! Don’t kill him! I have a use for him! Take
-him alive!”
-
-“If you can!” panted Merry, fighting like a tiger at bay.
-
-They leaped upon him, and he hurled them back. They tried to beat him
-down, but he stood like iron before their blows. He sent them reeling,
-cursing, falling. He felt that he had been betrayed at last by the
-mysterious man who had led him to that spot. A score of times Diamond
-had warned him that Mr. Noname would turn on him, but he had not heeded
-the words of the Virginian. Now it had happened. The Man Without a Name
-had brought him there to that yard and left him in order that he might
-be captured by Brattle and his gang.
-
-The thought made Frank fight with such fierceness that they could not
-beat him down. They hurled him against the door time after time, till,
-at last, it flew open beneath the shock. Frank’s heels caught on the
-stool, and he fell backward into the passage.
-
-Before he could rise, five men were on him. A light gleamed near and he
-was dragged farther in. Then he was beaten into non-resistance, and his
-hands were tied. At last he was a captive in the hands of Martin
-Brattle!
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII.
-
- IN THE WINE-CELLAR.
-
-
-Frank was carried down a shaking flight of stairs into a cellar, where
-there were barrels and wine-casks and long shelves of bottles, covered
-with dust and cobwebs. They placed him on a bench, and the light of
-their coal-oil lamps showed him something that caused him to start and
-groan.
-
-Bruce Browning was there, standing in the center of the cellar, bound
-securely to a stone pillar, a gag in his mouth. The eyes of the big Yale
-man met those of his chum, and there was an instant understanding
-between them.
-
-Frank knew why Bruce had not returned to the hotel. At last the mighty
-giant had been conquered and made a captive. In that look volumes were
-spoken. Bruce expressed his anger, grief, and regret, while Frank showed
-his sympathy.
-
-They had found each other, but they were helpless and in the power of
-desperate men. The faces of those men were covered by masks, with the
-exception of that of Brattle. It seemed that Martin did not care to
-attempt to conceal his identity. There were seven of them in all.
-
-Brattle stood before Frank and sneered at him.
-
-“Poor fool!” he said. “Did you think you could get the best of me? With
-all your tricks of disguise, you are not smart enough to cope with Mart
-Brattle.”
-
-Frank was not gagged.
-
-“It must take a great rascal to match you,” he said.
-
-“I confess that I did not know you in the theater,” said Brattle; “but I
-knew you after you had followed us so far.”
-
-Frank was disgusted.
-
-“So you discovered I was following you?” he muttered.
-
-“Yes. Then I was certain it must be you; but how you found your way into
-that yard is what beats me. You disappeared from the street in a
-twinkling, and next you were in that yard when we came to hunt for you.”
-
-“And you don’t know how I got there?”
-
-“I don’t know how you found the way.”
-
-Frank wondered if the man spoke the truth. He wondered if, indeed, the
-Mystery had not betrayed him after all. If not, what had become of Mr.
-Noname? Frank remembered how many times that strange man had appeared
-and saved him from his enemies, and he began to wonder if it would not
-happen again.
-
-“Tell me how you found your way into that yard,” commanded Martin
-Brattle.
-
-Frank laughed.
-
-“That is something for you to find out,” he said.
-
-“You will not tell?”
-
-Brattle snapped his fingers.
-
-“It makes little difference. To-night ends your career in France. You
-shall die, Frank Merriwell, and you will never tell anything you may
-have learned to anybody else.”
-
-“Bah!” exclaimed Merry. “You boast; but I doubt if you have the nerve to
-carry out your threats.”
-
-“You will not doubt long. Let me tell you something. Do you see these
-men about me?”
-
-“I am not blind.”
-
-“They are the most desperate cutthroats in all Paris. There is not one
-of them who has not killed his man. They live by robbery and murder.”
-
-“Well, I see you have chosen fit associates, Brattle.”
-
-“Don’t get funny!” growled the man. “I don’t like it!”
-
-“You may not like it, but it is the truth. They are fit associates for
-you. You have lived by robbery, and I doubt not that you will be
-executed for murder.”
-
-“Better keep a civil tongue, Merriwell!” snarled Brattle. “You are in my
-power, and I can make you die a thousand deaths!”
-
-“I have but one life, and so you can make me die but one death.”
-
-Brattle stood with his hands on his hips, scowling down at his victim.
-The masked ruffians were farther back. They remained silent, and it is
-doubtful if any of them understood what was being said.
-
-“You do not know me, Frank Merriwell. I have sworn to get even with you
-for all you have cost me.”
-
-“I have known others to swear such an oath. One who did so, a pal of
-yours, was drowned in England. Drowning is too easy a death for you.”
-
-“Go on! You are digging your own grave with your words!”
-
-“A little while ago you said you had decided to kill me, anyhow. What
-difference does it make?”
-
-“Before I kill you you must tell me where to find Elsie Bellwood. In
-what part of Paris is she?”
-
-“She is not in Paris.”
-
-“Don’t lie!”
-
-“I am not lying, Brattle. You have fooled yourself. Elsie did not come
-to Paris at all. She is in England.”
-
-“I do not believe it!”
-
-Frank laughed shortly.
-
-“You are at liberty to believe what you like. It makes no difference to
-me. I am not telling you this to aid you in any way, but simply to show
-you that you have made a fool of yourself by chasing on here to France,
-thinking you were following up Elsie Bellwood.”
-
-“Where is she in England?”
-
-“That is for you to find out, Brattle.”
-
-“You refuse to tell?”
-
-“I do.”
-
-“I’ll make you tell!”
-
-“You can’t.”
-
-“We shall see.”
-
-Brattle turned to one of the men and asked him in French for his knife.
-When he turned back, he held a long, glittering blade in his fingers.
-
-“Now,” he said, resting one knee on the bench and grasping Frank by the
-neck, “we’ll see if you can be made to tell!”
-
-The point of the knife was at Frank Merriwell’s throat. Merry felt it
-pricking there, but he never winced or showed the least sign of fear.
-
-Brattle was surprised.
-
-“Can you feel the knife?” he sneered, “or are you too scared to feel
-anything, you young fool?”
-
-“I can feel it very plainly, thank you,” said Frank. “I should say that
-the point must be just above my jugular vein.”
-
-Brattle cried out something in French, and there came muttered
-exclamations of astonishment and admiration from the ruffians who were
-watching everything. They could not help admiring the nerve of the
-captive. In the center of the cellar Bruce Browning was twisting and
-straining at his bonds, the veins beginning to stand out like cords on
-his face and neck.
-
-Martin Brattle had seen Frank Merriwell under other circumstances, and
-knew Merry was nervy, but this was something more than the villain had
-anticipated.
-
-“If I were to give a very slight pressure, this keen blade would
-penetrate your jugular vein, and then all the doctors in Paris could not
-give you one hour of life.”
-
-“That’s right, Brat,” admitted Frank. “When the jugular is penetrated, a
-fellow is done for.”
-
-“Then speak!” ordered Martin fiercely. “Speak, or I will tap the vein,
-and you shall see your life-blood spouting from your neck!”
-
-Browning’s teeth cracked as they grated together.
-
-“It’s no use,” said Frank coolly; “you can’t force me to speak in that
-way, Brattle. Go ahead with your devilish work.”
-
-Martin Brattle sprang back and stood panting, trembling, and glaring at
-his captive.
-
-“What are you made of?” he faltered.
-
-“Flesh and blood,” was the answer; “but not the kind of flesh and blood
-that quakes before a dastard like you!”
-
-“Still you know I can kill you!”
-
-“Yes; but I know you cannot make me squeal. I’d be ashamed to die after
-begging to you! It would be dying like a coward! If I must croak, I
-prefer to do it like a man! Go on with your work!”
-
-Whether they understood it or not, some of the masked ruffians, who
-stood about with folded arms, murmured as if they were applauding.
-
-Never before had Bruce Browning felt such admiration for his college
-chum. Always had he known Frank was brave, but now he knew he had nerves
-of iron. Bruce did not wonder that Merry had been a winner at
-everything, for he felt that any man with such nerve could not help
-winning.
-
-Brattle swore.
-
-“I believe you think I am fooling with you!” he snarled. “I believe you
-think I do not dare to kill you!”
-
-“Quite the contrary,” said Merry promptly; “I believe you are such a
-coward that you dare murder me, for no one but a low-lived cur would
-think of doing such a thing!”
-
-Again Brattle sprang on Frank and menaced him with the glittering knife,
-on the very point of which was a single drop of blood.
-
-“Go ahead!” cried Merry. “Don’t be fooling around like this! Finish your
-job!”
-
-Brattle drew off.
-
-“Not so quick,” he said. “I understand. You are eager that I should do
-it, in order to have it over as soon as possible. But I have sworn to
-make you tell where I may find Elsie Bellwood, and I’ll do it. Do you
-know how I am going to make you do it?”
-
-“I haven’t an idea.”
-
-“I’ll tell you.”
-
-“Do.”
-
-“I am going to begin by cutting off your fingers one by one.”
-
-“A nice idea!”
-
-“Then I shall cut off your ears, your nose, and so on. I shall torture
-you by inches till you tell me what I wish to know!”
-
-“You are a bigger coward than I thought!” observed Merry. “Not only
-that, but you are a brute of the lowest type, Brattle. You are not fit
-to mingle with men!”
-
-“Oh, you may say what you like! I have to get revenge on you! You robbed
-me of Elsie! You ruined my business in New York! You put the police
-after me! You made it necessary for me to fly from the country!”
-
-“What a fine thing that was for the country!”
-
-“I followed you to England to get possession of that girl, and also to
-get square with you. In London you brought more trouble on me. Because
-of you, I lay weeks in a hospital. At first they said I might not
-recover, but I vowed that I would not die till I was able to say I had
-squared my debt with you. I lived, and I am here to square that debt!”
-
-“Well, you have made talk enough about it. Go ahead with the job.”
-
-“You seem anxious to have the torture begin.”
-
-“Or anxious to have it over.”
-
-“Well, it will not end very quickly. Do you still fancy I am fooling
-with you? Well, you shall see! I will begin right away by taking a
-finger from your hand. No; I think I will begin by taking off your
-ears.”
-
-Browning was straining at his bonds again. He saw the wretch bend over
-Frank with the knife and reach to slice off one of Merry’s ears. Then,
-with a mighty surge, the Yale giant burst his bonds asunder. He tore
-himself free, snatched the gag from his mouth, gave a roar like that of
-a mad lion, and flung himself on Brattle.
-
-The villain was knocked down in a moment. He screamed for help, and the
-other ruffians attacked Browning. Bruce was a perfect whirlwind. He
-caught one of the men up and whirled him round his head like a club,
-knocking the others over and tumbling them in heaps. He was magnificent
-in his rage and strength.
-
-“Give it to ’em, Bruce!” cried Merry from the bench, exulting in the
-turn the tide had taken. “Lay on, and spare not!”
-
-“Oh, I’ll give it to them!” roared the big fellow. “I’ll crack their
-heads! I’ll mow them down! Where’s that cur who was going to cut off
-your fingers and your ears? Let him stand forth! I want to get one more
-crack at him!”
-
-Some of the men fled screaming from the cellar, but more were knocked
-stiff and senseless on the cemented floor. Bottles crashed down from the
-shelves and barrels were upset. The fight did not last long, for the men
-could not stand before the Yale giant. When they had been knocked out,
-or had fled, Bruce hastened to set Frank free.
-
-They looked for Brattle, but he was one who had escaped by flight.
-
-“We must get out of here,” said Merry. “I fancy we have no time to
-lose.”
-
-“You are right,” said a deep voice, and they looked up to see the Man of
-Mystery standing on the stairs. “I have found you at last, led here by
-the sounds of battle. I feared I had lost you forever. Come; I will lead
-you from this place. You must get out before the gang recovers.”
-
-They sprang up the stairs after him, and he led them out to the yard
-where the battle had taken place. Through the passage which he knew he
-escorted them from the yard and brought them to the open street.
-
-“There,” he said, “you are free. Go!”
-
-A door closed behind them, and when they tried to open it they were
-unable to do so. The Mystery was gone, and to them he remained a mystery
-still.
-
- * * * * *
-
-“Was it possible, Frank,” cried Bruce, as they were talking it over the
-next day, “that you really thought me angry with you? My dear fellow,
-that was part of the joke. It was my plan to get back at you.”
-
-“Well, it was pretty good acting,” laughed Merry.
-
-“I enjoyed it when I found you were chasing me up. I dodged into that
-café by accident, and I found a way out by the back door, which opened
-into that little yard. The door closed behind me, and then I felt that
-something was wrong. I hammered on it, but it would not open before me.
-Then I put my shoulder to it and burst it open.”
-
-“The pounding and the crash I heard!” exclaimed Frank.
-
-“I don’t remember much after that till I found myself bound to that
-stone pillar in the cellar,” said Bruce. “I think somebody struck me on
-the head with a club as I stumbled into the passage.”
-
-“And I heard you groan!” exclaimed Frank.
-
-“Well, it has turned out pretty well, even though Brattle escaped. He’ll
-meet his just deserts pretty soon.”
-
-“That is certain,” nodded Frank. “But now I most desire to see the Man
-Without a Name and thank him for what he has done. He has promised that
-I shall see him again.”
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII.
-
- THE BLACK BROTHERS.
-
-
-Paris at night, three days later.
-
-Frank Merriwell was strolling along the Avenue de l’Opera, which was
-lighted as brightly as a ballroom. On either hand were rows and clusters
-of tables, where men and women were sitting in the open air, sipping
-their cool drinks and chatting animatedly. It was like walking the floor
-of a long dining-room. This, Frank told himself, was one of the
-pleasures of Paris at night. Nowhere else in the world could such a
-spectacle be seen. The promenaders of the boulevards were patrolling the
-avenue. They were men whose main ambition in life seemed to be to
-acquire reputations as _boulevardiers_, reputations easily obtained by
-persistently patrolling certain streets at certain hours day after day,
-week after week, month after month.
-
-About it all there was something strictly and solely Parisian. In Paris
-alone could one so quickly imbibe the feeling of utter freedom and so
-quickly fling aside all sensation of restraint and unfamiliarity. At
-least, so thought Frank just then, as he swung along the avenue,
-light-hearted, buoyant, careless. To Merry it seemed that he had not a
-care in the world. It seemed that he would never again have a care.
-
-The appearance of the women sitting out of doors under the trees, with
-their heads bare, made the city so homelike and friendly that it was as
-if everybody knew everybody else.
-
-Frank came to the Boulevard des Capucines and paused a moment in front
-of the Café de la Paix. Now at his back were the cafés, blazing with
-electric lights, blushing in gorgeous upholstery, glittering with
-magnificent mirrors, and thronged by well-dressed men and women. Across
-the square the Grand Opera-House rose, beautiful, artistic, majestic.
-
-“I will sit down a few moments,” thought Merry, as he started toward the
-table.
-
-Just then a man stumbled and fell against him quite heavily. His first
-thought was that the man must be intoxicated, but he remembered he was
-in Paris, and, turning quickly, he saw a refined-looking gentleman, past
-middle age, with gray mustache and imperial, pressing his hand to his
-heart, while there was a look of distress on his pale face.
-
-Quick as thought, Frank grasped the man gently and firmly, politely
-saying:
-
-“Permit me, monsieur. Can I be of assistance to you?”
-
-The stranger gasped as he attempted to reply, and the only word Merry
-understood was “Rest.” The young American assisted the stranger to a
-seat by the table, and then bent over him solicitously, again asking how
-he could be of assistance.
-
-“You have done all you can, thank you, my friend,” murmured the
-gentleman, as his unsteady hand placed his jewel-decorated cane on the
-table. “I was seized by a pain in my heart, but it is passing now. You
-were about to sit down here. Do not let me prevent.”
-
-Frank took a chair at the table, and the man looked at him searchingly.
-
-“If the curiosity is pardonable, may I ask if you are English?” inquired
-the stranger, taking a handkerchief from his pocket and using it to
-absorb a tiny drop of blood that had appeared on his wrist.
-
-“I am an American, monsieur.”
-
-The man showed fresh interest.
-
-“An American!” he exclaimed, his face still remaining pale. “I might
-have guessed it! I have been in America. Americans love justice and
-liberty.”
-
-“You have hurt yourself, monsieur?” said Frank, as the man continued to
-press the handkerchief to his wrist.
-
-“It is nothing—a slight scratch. But I received it in a peculiar manner
-a few moments ago. A woman spoke to me. I attempted to pass on, and she
-became angry, and struck at me with a hatpin. She barely touched my
-wrist here—enough to draw blood.”
-
-“I had no idea women were so vicious in Paris—at this early hour of the
-night.”
-
-“It’s seldom they are. In London it would not be strange. This woman
-spoke French imperfectly. I do not think she was French. At least, I
-hope not.”
-
-“She seemed Spanish in her readiness to strike with a weapon,” said
-Frank. “But you are very pale, monsieur, I fear you are harmed in some
-other manner.”
-
-“Your solicitation speaks well for you, and is further proof that you
-are American, not English. An Englishman would not take such interest in
-a stranger.”
-
-“Perhaps it is a proof of my freshness,” smiled Merry.
-
-“Freshness? What do you mean by that?”
-
-“In English that is slang. It means that a person is too forward, too
-presuming, lacking in reserve and discretion.”
-
-“The American is impulsive, but to me that is his charm. Having been in
-America, I know the Americans who come to France do not fairly represent
-the people of the country.”
-
-Frank glowed.
-
-“I am glad to hear you say that, monsieur!” he cried. “In England,
-America is judged by the Americans who come to London, much to the
-misfortune of my native land. The newly rich, the uncultured, the bores
-and the snobs of America rush to England and France as soon as possible,
-and they are taken to be representative Americans.”
-
-“I know this is true, and I am glad to meet in France a representative
-American—outside the Latin Quarter. Monsieur, my card.”
-
-Frank accepted the white bit of cardboard, on which was engraved:
-
-“M. Edmond Laforce.”
-
-“The Duke of Benoit du Sault!” exclaimed Merry, in surprise, looking up.
-
-“Yes, monsieur,” bowed the Frenchman, lifting his eyebrows. “But how is
-it you know that?”
-
-“Why, you know all America takes a great interest in the Dreyfus case,
-with which you have been concerned, or, at least, with which newspaper
-reports have connected you.”
-
-The Duke of Benoit du Sault frowned a little.
-
-“The newspapers! the newspapers!” he exclaimed. “They have given me the
-publicity I shunned. I have sought to do quietly what I could for that
-unfortunate man on——Pardon me, monsieur; what do you think of Dreyfus?”
-
-“I think as think nine Americans out of ten, if not ninety-nine out of a
-hundred.”
-
-“And that is—what?”
-
-“That Dreyfus is innocent!”
-
-The face of the duke seemed to clear, although it remained strangely
-pale, while there seemed to be something of a hunted look in his
-piercing eyes.
-
-“I am glad to hear you say that,” he spoke in a low tone. “I have known
-that America sympathized with him.”
-
-“My card, monsieur.”
-
-Frank took his card from a morocco case and passed it across the table,
-adding:
-
-“A friendly exchange, that may serve as an introduction, if you care to
-have it so.”
-
-“Of course I care to have it so, Monsieur Merriwell,” said the duke,
-immediately extending his hand, which Frank accepted.
-
-The young American noticed that the hand of the man was cold as ice, and
-it trembled the least bit in his grasp.
-
-“I am sure, monsieur, that you are not feeling well,” he said.
-
-“I am feeling strangely,” admitted the Frenchman, with a shrug of his
-shoulders. “I do not understand what it is, unless——”
-
-He shivered again, glancing around with that hunted look. Then he tried
-to force a laugh, saying:
-
-“It cannot be so. For all of the sign, I will not believe my time has
-come. I have a work to do, a great work—for the honor of France!”
-
-Frank had read in the newspapers—Frank’s trip occurred some years
-ago—how the Duke of Benoit du Sault had taken up the work for Dreyfus
-just where Monsieur Zola had been forced to abandon it, and how by doing
-so he had aroused an army of rabid and howling enemies about his ears.
-To escape imprisonment, Zola, the great novelist, had fled from France,
-and it was more than hinted that the Duke of Benoit du Sault might have
-to do likewise.
-
-Frank was confident of the innocence of Dreyfus, the unfortunate Jew,
-who had once been an officer in the French Army, but had been accused of
-betraying the army’s secrets to rival powers, had been publicly
-disgraced and condemned to life imprisonment on Devil’s Island, a barren
-bit of rock and sand, far from France, on the burning bosom of a torrid
-sea.
-
-Merry had read with great interest about the case, and, being a lover of
-justice, it was but natural that his soul should be stirred when he
-thought how Dreyfus had been convicted and condemned on evidence of
-which he knew absolutely nothing. The trial had been conducted in
-secret, and the public at large, like the condemned man, knew nothing of
-the proofs which established Dreyfus’ guilt.
-
-The story of Madame Dreyfus’ devotion, and her unceasing efforts in
-behalf of her husband had touched Merry. He read how she had appealed to
-power after power, but all her appeals had seemed in vain till Monsieur
-Zola had cast himself into the arena, like a gladiator, and taken up the
-battle. But even Zola, great novelist and political factor as he was,
-was unable to stand against the army, and in France “the army can do no
-wrong,” so it was claimed that Dreyfus had been justly judged, and all
-who sought to show otherwise were enemies of France. The agitation
-aroused a terrible sentiment against the Jews, and there were repeated
-riots in the courts and on the streets. Zola and his friends contended
-against public sentiment and prejudice, and the whole affair which
-followed was a travesty of justice.
-
-Even though the daring novelist was forced to flee from France to escape
-imprisonment, the agitation accomplished something. The one man who had
-done more than all others to convict Dreyfus was likewise forced to
-leave the country. In England he confessed that he, under instructions
-of others, had forged the document which had mainly served to convict
-the Jew. However, this man Esterhazy had told so many stories about the
-case that it was easy now to claim that this was but another lie, and,
-strangely enough, in a short time, he retracted the statement.
-
-When the chief of police was forced to confess that he had forged
-certain documents which seemed to establish the guilt of the prisoner of
-Devil’s Island, there was a terrible commotion in Paris. The chief of
-police committed suicide without delay, or was murdered. The friends of
-Dreyfus made another mighty effort to have him brought back to France
-and given a fair trial. For a time it looked as if they must succeed,
-but all the power of the army was brought against them, and effort after
-effort was frustrated. One after another those officers who had been
-concerned in the conviction of Dreyfus resigned; but their places were
-filled by men who expressed themselves as fully confident that the Jew
-had been justly judged. The reversal of the verdict would mean the
-disgrace of men high in power, who had been instrumental in certain ways
-in bringing about the conviction, and so an innocent man was doomed to
-languish out his life in an iron cage on the burning rock of Devil’s
-Island, afar in the brassy bosom of a sun-scorched sea.
-
-There were Frenchmen who believed Dreyfus innocent and who loved justice
-enough to desire his innocence proven, even though it rent the republic
-in twain. Edmond Laforce, the Duke of Benoit du Sault, was one of these.
-He placed his wealth and his life at the disposal of the friends of
-Dreyfus, and he set about devoting himself to the mighty task of forcing
-France to bring the prisoner back and give him a fair trial. The duke
-had tried to do his work quietly, but the newspapers had found out about
-him, and Frank Merriwell had read of him. Thus it came about that Merry
-knew the man’s title the moment he read his name on the card.
-
-“You have my sympathy, sir,” assured Frank. “To me it does not seem
-possible that fate will permit poor Dreyfus to die on that desolate
-island without being brought back and having a fair trial.”
-
-“The ways of God may not be measured by man,” said the duke solemnly;
-“but, like you, I believe that Dreyfus must be brought back, no matter
-what may come of it. They say to show him innocent means a revolution in
-France—means that the streets of Paris must again run with blood. Let it
-come! Better that than to have him die in Devil’s Island and afterward
-to have his innocence established. If he is truly guilty, it will be
-established beyond a doubt by another trial. That will end it forever.
-If he is innocent, it will mean the everlasting disgrace of France to
-have him die on that island!”
-
-For a single moment a flush came into the duke’s cheeks, faint, indeed,
-but still perceptible. It faded quickly, and then, of a sudden, he
-pressed his hand to his heart once more, uttering a smothered cry of
-pain.
-
-Frank leaned across the table in instant solicitation, a strange feeling
-of dread assailing him.
-
-“What is it, monsieur?” he asked.
-
-“The pain——”
-
-“Again?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Shall I order something?”
-
-“A little brandy, please.”
-
-Frank gave the order quickly, and the brandy was brought at once by a
-waiter. With trembling hand the duke lifted the glass and sipped the
-liquor.
-
-“Are you subject to such attacks?” asked Merry.
-
-The gentleman shook his head.
-
-“No,” he asserted, “never before a few moments ago have I felt one. I do
-not understand it.”
-
-He stopped speaking, his eyes fastened on the slight scratch on his
-wrist, which he had received from the hatpin in the hands of the vicious
-woman who had accosted him. He trembled as he looked.
-
-“Strange!” he murmured, as if speaking to himself. “The pain seems to
-shoot from that scratch to my heart. Can it be——No, no! I will not
-believe it! The sign was given to frighten me. This is nothing. It will
-pass away.”
-
-Despite his attempt to assure himself, however, it became plain that a
-great terror had seized upon him. He fought against it, trying to throw
-it off.
-
-Frank noticed this agitation, and he observed that the duke again looked
-round in a hunted manner. No one seemed paying any attention to them.
-The duke’s hand fell from his heart to the table, and he leaned toward
-Merry. There was a peculiar gleam in his eyes.
-
-“I have made enemies by the stand I have taken,” he said. “It has proved
-fatal for more than one man who espoused the cause of Dreyfus.”
-
-“It has proved fatal?” questioned the young American. “What do you
-mean?”
-
-“What I have said. More than one has given up his life because he dared
-proclaim the innocence of Dreyfus and work to establish it.”
-
-“I have not heard of such cases.”
-
-“Of course not. Why should you? The Black Brothers do their work in
-silence.”
-
-“Who are the Black Brothers?”
-
-“A band of men sworn to keep Dreyfus on Devil’s Island at any cost.”
-
-“Do you mean to tell me there is such an organization of men in France?”
-gasped Frank, in horror.
-
-“There is.”
-
-“It does not seem possible!”
-
-“There are said to be seven of the Black Brothers,” said the duke,
-speaking in guarded tones. “They are seven of the most desperate
-creatures in all France, and they are the hired assassins of the enemies
-of Dreyfus. They are paid to destroy such friends of the condemned man
-as may seem dangerous, and they are guaranteed protection by the men who
-employ them.”
-
-“Horrible!” exclaimed Merry. “It’s like a grisly conception of some
-romancist. But I think the law would be able to reach the murderers.”
-
-“Not yet, for as yet there is no proof that they have committed murder.”
-
-“The victims——”
-
-“Have died suddenly and strangely, one and all, and yet no man knows the
-cause of their death.”
-
-“How is that?”
-
-“Each one has been warned to leave France within ten days. One alone has
-heeded the warning. The others are dead.”
-
-“They were murdered?”
-
-“Of that there can be no doubt, yet on none of them was found a mark to
-tell how they died. It seemed that heart trouble cut short their lives.”
-
-Frank started a bit, thinking how strangely the duke had been seized by
-pains in his heart. The Frenchman seemed to read the thoughts of his
-companion, and his face appeared to turn yet a shade paler than it had
-been.
-
-“I have fancied that I might be able to detect the manner in which the
-Black Brothers do their work,” he said; “but now I fear I shall fail.
-The pains at my heart are terrible symptoms, and I fear I am to be the
-next victim.”
-
-“Oh, no! That cannot be!”
-
-“I have been given the sign.”
-
-“What sign?”
-
-“The sign of the Black Brothers! the sign of death!”
-
-“When?”
-
-“This is the tenth day since I received it!” whispered the duke.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX.
-
- THE BLOOD-RED STAR.
-
-
-Frank was startled, to say the least. He looked at the man searchingly,
-wondering now that the duke could be as calm as he seemed. It was plain
-he had more nerve than Merry had thought.
-
-“The tenth day!” exclaimed Frank. “Then your time is up!”
-
-“Yes,” said the duke, with strange calmness.
-
-“That means——”
-
-Merry stopped.
-
-“I have told you what it means.”
-
-“And you have not heeded the warning?”
-
-“I have not been driven from France.”
-
-“And you do not fear the Black Brothers?”
-
-The French nobleman drew himself up proudly.
-
-“A Laforce never turns his back on danger,” he declared.
-
-“But such terrible peril! It were different if you could face your
-foes.”
-
-“Yes, it is hard to be beset by unseen peril.”
-
-“Still you do not fear?”
-
-The duke hesitated a little, and then spoke slowly.
-
-“I believe that the bravest may feel fear at times,” he confessed. “In
-battle it is different, but when one knows a peril he cannot see may be
-creeping upon him slowly and surely he must be made of more than flesh
-and blood not to feel a thrill of fear.”
-
-“It is a terrible thing!” exclaimed the young American earnestly. “It is
-like being chained in a pit where the water is rising inch by inch.”
-
-“It is worse. The prisoner in the pit can see the water rise, but a man
-to whom the sign of the Black Brothers has been given knows the danger
-is creeping upon him, but he cannot see it.”
-
-Now Frank felt a strong thrill of admiration for this old Frenchman who
-could remain thus cool in the face of an unseen and deadly peril.
-
-“If you meet the fate of the others—what then?”
-
-“The assassins cannot destroy every friend of Dreyfus, and justice shall
-triumph at last.”
-
-“But are you willing to be a sacrifice?”
-
-“No! Still I have lived, and my years to come are not many, at most. If
-I fall, I have faith to believe that it will mark the turning-point in
-favor of the prisoner of Devil’s Island. I believe that somehow,
-sometime, France shall emerge from the clouds and be purged of the stain
-upon her.”
-
-It gave Frank Merriwell a sensation he had never before experienced to
-be sitting there before the Café de la Paix, in the heart of Paris,
-calmly speaking with a man who had been doomed to death by a mysterious
-band of assassins, and who knew that, were the assassins to carry out
-their fearful threat, he had not many hours more to live. All around
-them was life and pleasure, and nothing but the seriousness of the duke
-could impress Merriwell with the real horror of the situation.
-
-“This sign of which you speak—what is it?”
-
-Edmond Laforce felt in his pocket and brought something forth. This he
-placed upon the table.
-
-It was a metal star, dark-red in color, with points numbered from one to
-seven. Upon it were the words, “Ten days.” Beneath the words appeared
-the dreadful death-machine of France, the guillotine. Frank gazed on the
-blood-red star with deep interest.
-
-“This,” said the duke, with forced calmness, “is the sign of the Black
-Brothers. The seven points of the star represent the seven members of
-the assassin band.”
-
-“You have kept it!” exclaimed Merry. “Why didn’t you throw the thing
-away?”
-
-“What good? It’s work was done when I received it.”
-
-“How did it come to you?”
-
-“I was sitting at dinner in the Deux Mondes. My first order had not been
-filled when, happening to glance upon the table before me, I saw this
-blood-red star lying there. That is how it came to me.”
-
-“Ah!” exclaimed Frank, with a sudden feeling of relief. “Then it was not
-sent to you direct?”
-
-“No, in a sense it was not.”
-
-“You found it by accident.”
-
-“So it seemed.”
-
-“And it may not have been meant for you at all!”
-
-“Perhaps,” said the duke frankly, “that is the reason why I have not
-left France. Perhaps, I have thought, it might not be meant for me.”
-
-“I see,” said the American youth eagerly. “But you know beyond a doubt
-that it is the sign of the Black Brothers?”
-
-“Yes; it is their sign of death. It is strange I have told you all this.
-I have not talked to others of it, but something led me to speak to you.
-Perhaps it was the strange pains in my heart. They gave me a shock. I
-thought of the others who had died suddenly and unaccountably. Your
-sympathy with Dreyfus led me to talk on, till now you know all.”
-
-“Monsieur, it may be you have alarmed yourself needlessly. There is a
-chance that you have not been selected as a victim.”
-
-“A chance—yes. But you must remember that I am marked as a friend of
-Dreyfus. It would be most natural that I had been selected to fall by
-the Black Brothers.”
-
-“I understand your feeling in the matter, and I admire your nerve.
-Still, I hope you may live to see Dreyfus given a fair and open trial.”
-
-Laforce was about to speak in reply to this, when he was again seized by
-the pains in his heart, and this time they seemed to overcome him for
-some moments. Frank arose in agitation, proposing to call for a
-physician, but the duke restrained him with a gesture.
-
-“I shall see my doctor as soon as possible,” he said in a faint voice.
-
-“I believe you need medical aid at once.”
-
-“If it is the doom of the Black Brothers, medicine will not save me! I
-fear it may be! Who can tell? Wait, and listen. I have in my possession
-something that may prove the innocence of Dreyfus. If I should die
-suddenly, it must not be found upon me, for it would be sure to fall
-into wrong hands. You claim to have sympathy with Dreyfus, and I wish
-you to do me a favor.”
-
-“What favor?”
-
-The duke again felt in his pocket, producing a metal ball somewhat
-larger than an ordinary marble. For a moment he exposed it to Frank, and
-then he hid it in his hand.
-
-“This,” he half whispered, “holds what may some day prove poor Dreyfus
-innocent. I am going to give it into your keeping till to-morrow night
-at this hour, when I will meet you here, and accept it from you—if I am
-living!”
-
-The duke glanced around, as if to make sure they were not watched, and
-then he covertly and quickly passed the tiny metal ball to Frank, who
-felt a strange thrill as he received it.
-
-“Put it away at once,” whispered the Frenchman. “Do not tell a soul that
-you have it. Promise me you will not tell.”
-
-Frank wondered at his readiness to accept the trust, and still more he
-wondered at the man’s willingness to trust him, a stranger. Still, he
-understood the remarkable position in which Laforce was placed. The man
-feared he might drop dead at any moment, and he did not wish the thing
-to be found upon him.
-
-“What if you do not meet me here to-morrow to receive it back?” asked
-Merry.
-
-“I shall be dead.”
-
-“I know; but what shall I do with it then?”
-
-“Keep it till the right one calls for it.”
-
-“The right one?”
-
-“Yes, Monsieur Merriwell.”
-
-“How shall I know the right one?”
-
-“He will give you a signal.”
-
-“What signal?”
-
-“He will press his left hand over his eyes, and say, ‘Justice calls.’”
-
-“Is that all?”
-
-“That is all. And now, perhaps, it will not be well for us to remain
-longer together. I might arouse suspicion if certain ones were to see us
-talking thus earnestly for a long time. I have trusted you, not because
-I was forced to trust some one, but because your face has told me you
-may be trusted.”
-
-“Thank you, monsieur.”
-
-Laforce waved his hand.
-
-“It is I who owe you thanks, Monsieur Merriwell. I hope to see you here
-to-morrow evening at this hour.”
-
-“I hope you may.”
-
-“Till then, guard that tiny ball with your life, for it may give life
-and liberty to the innocent man on Devil’s Island.”
-
-Edmond Laforce, the Duke of Benoit du Sault, picked his jeweled cane
-from the table, and rose to his feet. Frank rose, also, and their eyes
-met again.
-
-“I will not offer my hand again, as we know not what eyes are on us,”
-said the duke. “Till to-morrow night—or forever—farewell!”
-
-He turned, and walked away, and Frank Merriwell returned to his hotel,
-to think of the strange things he had heard, and to wonder if they could
-be true. The following morning, he read in _Figaro_ that the Duke of
-Benoit du Sault had been found dead in his bed. The report stated that
-it was plainly and undoubtedly a case of heart failure, but Frank
-Merriwell knew that it was murder!
-
-He sat staring at the paper in a dazed way, thinking of his meeting with
-the doomed man the previous night, and all the strange things the duke
-had told him across the little table in front of the Café de la Paix.
-Now he knew beyond a doubt that the Black Brothers had found another
-victim. The strange pains Laforce had felt were but the warnings of his
-coming dissolution.
-
-There was something uncanny and terrible about it, something that gave a
-chill to Frank Merriwell’s warm blood. Surely, the enemies of the
-prisoner of Devil’s Island were ready to resort to any extreme of crime
-to keep the friends of the unfortunate man from securing justice for
-him. They counted human lives as nothing in their terrible work.
-
-And that was France—happy France.
-
-From the first, Frank had felt sympathy for Dreyfus, and now it seemed
-that he was in some way connected with the miserable captive in the iron
-cage on that dread island. He felt in his pocket for the tiny metal ball
-given him by Edmond Laforce. It was there. He took it out, and examined
-it closely, for the first time. It seemed too light to be a solid piece
-of metal, and yet he could see no flaw in it, no opening, nothing but
-the polished surface.
-
-The dead Duke of Benoit du Sault had said that the ball might some day
-prove the innocence of Dreyfus. How could that be?
-
-Frank asked himself the question, as he sat there with it in his
-fingers, turning it over and over. Was it not possible that the duke had
-been mentally unbalanced?
-
-That was a new thought, and it gave the young American a start. Surely,
-the uncanny story the man had told seemed like the imaginings of a
-diseased brain, and men had gone mad in France from thinking of the
-Dreyfus affair. Perhaps the duke had become crazed from brooding over
-it, and had imagined the story of the Black Brothers, the blood-red
-star, and the metal ball that was to prove the innocence of the
-condemned man.
-
-It was possible he had caused the star to be made by his own directions.
-Or, perhaps, having found it as he claimed, he had woven around it the
-weird story which he had revealed to Frank.
-
-Surely, it was easy enough for a Frenchman who was mentally unsound to
-have such conceptions, and to believe in them. But the most remarkable
-part of it all was that the duke should die on that night which he
-claimed completed the tenth day of grace allotted to him by the Black
-Brothers.
-
-Frank had read that sometimes human beings become so firmly convinced
-that they must die at a certain time that they bring about the thing
-they fear. Had this been the case with the duke?
-
-It was possible; and, still, Merry could not quite bring himself to
-believe the whole thing had been an hallucination of the dead man’s
-diseased brain. He had promised the duke to guard the metal ball with
-his life, and he resolved to do so now, even though Laforce was dead.
-
-As he sat there, staring at the tiny ball, Wellington Maybe, his tutor,
-came softly into the room.
-
-“Mr. Merriwell,” said the little man in a small voice, “I think to-day
-we will review——”
-
-“Nothing,” spoke Frank abruptly, putting the ball back into his pocket.
-“I have studied faithfully for the past three days, and to-day I shall
-take a rest.”
-
-“But——”
-
-“There are no ‘buts’ about it, Mr. Maybe. You are at liberty to spend
-the day as you please. I heard you say yesterday that you wished to
-visit the art galleries at Versailles. You will have a good opportunity
-to-day.”
-
-Mr. Maybe knew it was useless to argue with Merry, when his mind was
-made up, and so he did not attempt it further, but withdrew, shaking his
-head, leaving Frank once more to his thoughts.
-
-“I could not study to-day, after what has happened,” muttered Merry. “I
-should be thinking all the time of the Black Brothers, the blood-red
-star, and the dead Duke of Benoit du Sault.”
-
-There was a shout of laughter in an adjoining room, and Rattleton came
-bounding into the room, lazily pursued by Browning, who was growling
-about some sell he had “bought.”
-
-“Oh, you’re a mark!” chuckled Harry. “Everybody catches you. You’re a
-sucker.”
-
-“Speaking of suckers,” said Diamond, following them in, “do you remember
-the time Browning went fishing in a fresh-water pond, and brought back a
-fine string of mackerel.”
-
-“Oh, that was a lie!” grunted the big fellow, flinging himself down on
-an easy chair, and getting out his pipe. “You fellows used to think that
-yarn funny. It’s stale now.”
-
-Rattleton continued to chaff the big Yale man, but Merry took no part in
-this, which the others noticed after awhile.
-
-“What’s the matter, Frank?” asked Diamond. “You look all fussed up.
-Anything gone wrong?”
-
-Frank felt like telling them all about it, but he remembered his promise
-to Edmond Laforce, and refrained.
-
-“Don’t mind me,” he said. “I am not feeling in the best of spirits this
-morning.”
-
-Now, it was such a remarkable thing for him to feel other than in high
-spirits that they all stared at him blankly.
-
-“Why, I thought you were enjoying France since Mart Brattle has ceased
-to trouble you?” said Jack.
-
-“So I am,” assured Merry, rising, and walking to the window, where he
-stood, looking out, his hands in his pockets.
-
-As Frank stood there, he noticed on the opposite side of the wide street
-a man, who was lingering in a doorway. The man was dressed in black, and
-he looked up at the hotel in a searching way. After a little, he seemed
-to observe Merry at the window, and then he drew back into the doorway.
-There was something odd about the man’s behavior, which caused Merry to
-retreat from the window, but remain where he could see the doorway.
-After a time, the man appeared in the doorway again, and gazed up at the
-hotel.
-
-Somehow, Frank felt that the fellow was a spy or shadower. For whom was
-he watching? Merry turned from the window, and announced that he was
-going out.
-
-On the street, Frank looked around for the man in the doorway, but could
-see nothing of him, which caused him to wonder if he had been wrong in
-thinking he was a spy.
-
-Direct to the Deux Mondes Frank went, and there he made inquiries about
-the dead duke. All he learned was that Laforce had retired shortly
-before midnight, apparently in good health, and had been found dead in
-the morning, the early discovery being made as his door stood slightly
-ajar. There were no marks of violence nor anything to indicate the man
-had not died a natural death. To Merry, it seemed rather strange that
-the duke had left his door open; and, if he had not left it open, why
-had it been found ajar in the morning?
-
-Somehow, it seemed that the hand of death had opened that door. Frank
-pictured the grim agent of destruction creeping in on the man as he
-slept, and accomplishing the dread work. It was not strange that the
-American youth again felt a chill in his warm blood. Frank asked if
-there had been anything queer in the behavior of the duke previous to
-his death, and was told that he had seemed rather odd and moody for a
-few days.
-
-Then, with all the skill he could command, Merry sought to discover if
-there was a taint of insanity in the Laforce blood, but no one seemed to
-know that such was the case. The conviction that Edmond Laforce had met
-death at the hands of assassins, for all that he bore no mark of
-violence, grew upon Frank Merriwell.
-
-And Frank began to feel that it was his duty to solve the mystery, if
-possible. Fate had connected him with the remarkable tragedy, and it
-would be cowardly not to accept the commission placed on his shoulders
-by chance. As Merry turned to leave the hotel, he noticed a man, who had
-been lingering near while he asked the questions. In a moment, he
-recognized the man in black, whom he had seen in the doorway opposite
-his hotel.
-
-On the street, Frank walked briskly to the first corner. As he turned
-into the next street, he gave a quick backward glance. The shadower in
-black was coming!
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X.
-
- “JUSTICE CALLS!”
-
-
-“Followed!”
-
-Merriwell muttered the word. He knew there was a spy on his track. It
-was not a pleasant thing to think that it was possible he had been
-spotted by the Black Brothers. It was not a pleasant thing to think that
-it might be he had been marked as a victim.
-
-Perhaps he would be the next to receive the blood-red star, the fearful
-symbol of death!
-
-“I’ll make sure he is shadowing me,” thought Frank.
-
-Then he quickened his steps, turning from street to street, boarded an
-omnibus, left it after a little for a cab, and left the cab at the Rond
-Point de l’Etoile, where he paused to gaze at the wonderful and
-awe-inspiring Arch of Triumph, the grandest triumphal arch ever
-constructed, which was erected in commemoration of Napoleon’s victories.
-For some minutes Frank quite forgot everything else in viewing the grand
-structure, situated at the union of twelve broad and beautiful avenues,
-“each of which sweeps away as grandly as the radiance of a search-light
-on the sky at night.”
-
-It was not strange that, for the time, he forgot the black shadow that
-had been following him. He turned into the magnificent Avenue des Champs
-Élysées. Thoughtfully, he walked along, unmindful of the glittering show
-about him. He had fell to meditating once more on the mystery of the
-death of Edmond Laforce. Scarcely noting where he was going, he turned
-into a side street.
-
-All at once, he turned square about, and stopped. Frank’s eyes were
-keen. At a distance, on the opposite side of the street, a man was
-buying a paper at one of the little kiosks at which newspapers are sold
-in Paris.
-
-“It is the shadower!” muttered the American youth, with a strange,
-jumping feeling at his heart. “I have not been able to shake him! There
-is no doubt about it now—I am spotted!”
-
-He returned to the hotel, making no further effort to throw the spy off
-his track. He found Browning lounging, smoking, and reading. Diamond and
-Rattleton had gone out. Ten minutes after entering his room, Frank
-approached the window, and looked out. In the doorway, on the opposite
-side of the street, was the same figure in black!
-
-“Browning!”
-
-“Huah?”
-
-“Come here.”
-
-“What’s the matter?” asked the big fellow lazily. “I’m in a blamed
-comfortable position.”
-
-“I want you to come to this window a moment.”
-
-Grumbling somewhat, Bruce dragged himself up, and walked heavily across
-the room.
-
-“What is it?” he asked.
-
-Frank flung open the window.
-
-“Look out,” he directed.
-
-“I’m looking.”
-
-In the open window, Frank pointed straight at the man in the doorway.
-The man looked up, and saw him, but did not stir, or make an effort to
-conceal himself.
-
-“Do you see that man down there, Bruce—the man in black, who is standing
-on those steps?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“He’s a spotter.”
-
-“Eh? What?”
-
-“He has followed me ever since I left this hotel this morning.”
-
-“The dickens you say!”
-
-“He was standing just where he stands now when I looked out this
-morning.”
-
-“Well, what’s the matter with him? What’s he want?”
-
-“I don’t know what he wants, but I know he has followed me everywhere.
-After I discovered it, I made an effort to throw him off.”
-
-“But couldn’t?”
-
-“No; not even when I dodged round corners, took an omnibus, and then
-deserted that for a cab.”
-
-Browning whistled.
-
-“Well, that’s queer!” he said. “Do you fancy he’s some ruffian Mart
-Brattle has hired to do you up?”
-
-“Of course, I do not know who or what he is, but I do know he is a spy.”
-
-“Well, we haven’t any particular use for spies, have we, Merriwell?”
-
-“It doesn’t seem to me that we have.”
-
-“Then I’ll just go down and wipe him off the face of the earth!” growled
-Bruce. “Rattleton said I needed exercise. This will give me what I
-need.”
-
-“What will you do?”
-
-“Smash him!”
-
-“And get yourself into trouble. You will be arrested.”
-
-“Well, are you going to let every sneak that wants to chase you around
-wherever you go?”
-
-“I do not like it, but you must remember that I have no proof the man
-has chased me. When I have such proof, I’ll have him arrested for
-annoying me.”
-
-“Better lead him to some good place where I can get at him. Say, Merry,
-get him to follow you down to the river, and I’ll throw him off a
-bridge. That’s what he needs—a good ducking will cool him off properly.”
-
-“I have taken a fancy to corner him first, and demand to know why he has
-chased me. I think I’ll go down and do it.”
-
-“I’m going with you.”
-
-They descended to the street; but, when they reached it, the man in
-black had disappeared, nor could they find anything of him.
-
-“He took the hint, and sneaked just in time,” muttered Bruce. “Oh, if I
-could have thumped him once!”
-
-They lunched together, Rattleton and Diamond having failed to return to
-be with them. Wellington Maybe had gone to Versailles. The afternoon was
-spent in the Bois de Boulogne, and, although Frank looked for him often,
-no more was seen of the shadow in black.
-
-At the hour that evening when he had agreed to meet Edmond Laforce in
-front of the Café de la Paix, Frank was there, sitting at the same
-little table. To save his life, he could not tell why he had come there.
-Something had seemed to draw him, and he came alone.
-
-Thus far, he had said nothing to his friends and companions about his
-meeting with Laforce, and the strange things that followed. In part, he
-had promised secrecy to the dead man, and he knew he could not tell a
-part without revealing the whole, unless he placed himself in an awkward
-position. He sat there, watching the flow of life around that table, and
-thinking of the Black Brothers, the blood-red star, and the mysterious
-metal ball which might hold the fate of Dreyfus, and which lay safely in
-his pocket. He wondered when any one would call for that ball, if ever.
-How could any one know it was in his possession?
-
-As he was thinking of this, a man paused a moment squarely in front of
-the table, looked straight at Frank, and spoke two words:
-
-“Justice calls!”
-
-These words gave Frank a great start, for, despite all that had
-happened, they were most unexpected. But the sign that was to accompany
-the words was not given. The man did not cover his eyes with his hands.
-
-Merry waited for this, and was about to speak, when the stranger added:
-
-“Not here. Follow.”
-
-Then he turned, and walked slowly away, not once looking back.
-
-Frank hesitated. The signal had not been complete, nor had the man
-seemed to expect to receive anything there. It was plain he fully
-expected Frank would follow. Perhaps he had not wished to receive the
-metal ball there in that public place, and so he had given enough of the
-signal for Merry to understand, and follow him to a place more suited.
-Frank arose. As he did so, his hand slid round to his hip, where he felt
-a loaded revolver nestling in his pocket.
-
-“It’s more than even chances I shall not need it,” he muttered; “but it
-is there, in case I do.”
-
-He was half tempted to remove it to another pocket, from which it could
-be produced more easily and expeditiously, but, being aware he could not
-do this without being seen by those around, he refrained.
-
-The man who had spoken to him was crossing the square, and Merry
-followed at a distance. The man turned into the Rue Auber, and still he
-did not look back. It seemed plain that he fully expected Frank to
-follow him without hesitation.
-
-Merry felt that he was entering upon a most peculiar adventure, and he
-seemed to scent danger in the air. There was something mysterious and
-awesome about the affair. He felt that an unseen tie connected him with
-the wretched captive far away on a barren, rock-bound island, in the
-midst of a torrid sea. Perhaps, at that moment, he held the fate of
-Dreyfus in his grasp!
-
-Frank was resolved that no man should receive the metal ball from him
-till he had first given the signal complete, as described by Edmond
-Laforce.
-
-“Guard that tiny ball with your life,” the duke had said.
-
-“I will!” Frank vowed.
-
-The man he was following turned into another street, and still Merriwell
-followed him, on and on. After a time, the youth began to wonder if he
-had not been mistaken. Surely, the man would pause, or look back, if he
-had expected Frank to follow.
-
-“Well, as long as I have pursued him thus far, I’ll keep it up,” Merry
-decided.
-
-At last, the man stopped before a little shop, from the windows of which
-a light shone. Still without looking back, he lifted his hand, and
-pointed at the door of the shop. Then he entered. In front of that shop,
-Frank stopped. In his ear something seemed whispering a warning.
-
-“If I am in danger,” he thought, “where is Mr. Noname, who has warned me
-so many times?”
-
-And he actually looked around, as if expecting to see the Man Without a
-Name near at hand. Whether Frank was in danger or not, Mr. Noname did
-not appear.
-
-“I have seen nothing of him since the night he led me out of the trap
-into which Mart Brattle had lured Browning and myself.”
-
-And it really seemed that the strange man would appear if there was any
-great danger for Frank. Again Merry’s hand went back to his revolver. He
-took it from his hip pocket, and dropped it into a side pocket of the
-coat he wore.
-
-“It’s ten to one I am making a fool of myself,” he said. “I am an
-American, and there is no reason why the Black Brothers should select me
-for a victim. I am not dangerous enough for them to feel that my life
-must come to an end.”
-
-Then he entered the shop.
-
-An old man, with spectacles set astride his nose, was in the front room.
-He bowed to Frank, saying softly:
-
-“Monsieur, the gentleman waits for you in that room.”
-
-He pointed to a narrow door that was standing open. It was plain now
-that Frank had not been deceived in following the man who had spoken to
-him before the Café de la Paix. That man had known he would follow, and
-the old man in the shop had expected him to enter.
-
-Wondering what would happen next, Frank passed through the narrow door.
-The man he had followed was standing in the middle of the small room,
-beside a table, on which stood a lighted lamp. He bowed gravely as
-Merriwell appeared. He had a thin, sharp face, and a pair of unpleasant
-eyes.
-
-“Monsieur,” he said, “justice calls!”
-
-He held out his hand as he spoke.
-
-Frank Merriwell looked him straight in the eyes for a moment, and then
-quietly said:
-
-“Justice has often called in vain.”
-
-He did not offer to take the little ball from his pocket and pass it to
-the man, for the signal was not complete. They stood there in silence,
-looking at each other, the young American cool and self-possessed, the
-Frenchman stern-faced and frowning. Frank fancied that the man showed
-disappointment.
-
-Once more the stranger repeated the words:
-
-“Justice calls!”
-
-Frank was tempted to turn his back, and walk out of the place without
-another word. He had vowed to hold fast to the little ball till the
-proper signal was given, and something seemed to tell him that this
-unknown man who sought possession of it had no right to claim it.
-
-After some seconds, the stranger said:
-
-“Justice should not call in vain to you, for you have what may give
-justice to one who is in sore need of it. Come, monsieur, I am waiting.”
-
-“There is another who is waiting in an iron cage. It seems that the ways
-of justice are so slow that his short life may be spent in waiting.”
-
-“Then you are his enemy?” cried the man.
-
-“He has many enemies,” said Frank evasively.
-
-“But you—you have been trusted as a friend.”
-
-“Why should I be trusted? I am an American. He is nothing to me.”
-
-“Do you speak the truth?”
-
-“Why should he be aught to me? He is not a countryman of mine. If France
-sees fit to let him rot in his prison cage, what is it to me? It is her
-disgrace.”
-
-The moment he spoke those final words, Frank was sorry, for he saw he
-had lost an opportunity to draw the man on by deceiving him into
-believing he had no sympathy with the captive of Devil’s Island. He had
-begun well, but deception formed no part of Frank Merriwell’s nature,
-and it was hard for him to repress his real feelings. A strange smile
-came to the face of the man. He shrugged his shoulders, and nodded.
-
-“You are right—you are discreet, Monsieur American. It may be well for
-you to have a care, and take no interest in the captive of whom you
-speak, but you have been given a trust. I have come to relieve you of
-that.”
-
-“When the right man comes, he may receive what he seeks. You have failed
-to convince me that you are the right man.”
-
-Frank retreated a step toward the door, keeping his eyes on the man
-before him, and his hand near the hidden revolver. Now Merry knew he was
-in danger, for he was convinced that the stranger had no right to the
-metal ball that was said to hold in its heart the fate of Dreyfus.
-
-The Frenchman fixed his piercing eyes on Merry, saying quietly:
-
-“Wait a little. Let’s talk it over.”
-
-“There is no more to be said.”
-
-“You have what I seek. I have called for it, and I have given the
-signal.”
-
-“Have you?”
-
-Frank was cool. He had slipped a hand into the side pocket of his coat,
-and his fingers gripped the butt of his revolver. The coolness of the
-American youth seemed to anger the other.
-
-“You know I have!” he cried. “If you refuse to give it up, you are false
-to your trust!”
-
-“If I gave anything to you, I should be false to my trust.”
-
-“Why?”
-
-“Because you are an impostor, a fraud!”
-
-“Harsh words, Monsieur American!”
-
-“But true. You know it. You thought to deceive me, but you have failed.”
-
-“Oh, come,” purred the man in an oily manner. “Why is all this? I came
-to you in the manner that you expected one to come. I have done my part;
-do yours. Justice calls.”
-
-“It is useless for you to repeat those words. From your lips, they are
-meaningless.”
-
-Frank had retreated to the door. Now he placed a hand behind him, and
-made a discovery. The door was closed! It had swung quietly to behind
-him.
-
-The Frenchman smiled into his face, and he realized that he was trapped!
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI.
-
- BRUANT, THE STRANGLER.
-
-
-Frank Merriwell removed his hand from his coat pocket, and his fingers
-gripped the butt of a revolver, on the shining barrel of which the
-lamplight glinted. At that moment, he felt disgusted with himself
-because he had walked into the snare, and yet it was not strange he had
-done so, for the failure of the man to give the complete signal before
-the Café de la Paix had seemed natural enough, considering the publicity
-of the place. Naturally, Merry had reason that he should follow the man
-to some more secluded spot, where the complete signal would be given,
-and he would surrender the precious ball, without being seen by eyes
-that should know nothing of its whereabouts. But now it seemed plain
-that the man knew no more than the words of the signal, and that did not
-make it complete. This being the case, Frank had no thought of giving up
-the tiny ball.
-
-The door had closed softly behind him, and he was alone in that room
-with the man he had followed there. His hand found the knob of the door,
-and he satisfied himself that it was fastened. Again the Frenchman
-smiled into his face, a smile of craft and triumph.
-
-“Monsieur should not hurry,” he said in his purring voice. “I am sure he
-will not hurry, for I wish to talk with him more.”
-
-The man saw the revolver in Frank’s hand, but he seemed to heed it very
-little. Merry leaned against the door, crossing his feet. He was quite
-as cool as the Frenchman.
-
-“Perhaps you are right,” he said. “I had thought to keep an engagement,
-but it is rather late, and it will make little difference if I do not
-appear. I shall make an excuse that I was in very detaining company.”
-
-“Monsieur is skilful in the use of words, and he speaks French
-beautifully. One might almost believe him a Frenchman, from listening to
-his language. Won’t you sit down?”
-
-The man motioned toward a chair near the table, on which stood the lamp,
-bowing politely.
-
-“After you, monsieur,” said the American youth, with equal politeness,
-indicating another chair. “I do not like to sit with my back toward the
-door, for doors unexpectedly opened sometimes admit dangerous drafts.”
-
-“It will not be politeness for me, as your host, to be seated first,”
-protested the man.
-
-“Perhaps we had better disregard the matter of form on this occasion.
-There are times when it is not well to be too conventional. I pray you
-be seated first.”
-
-“Very well; but I ask your pardon, in advance, for the breach.”
-
-The man started to sit down.
-
-“Not there, my dear friend,” said Frank. “Be kind enough to take the
-chair to the left.”
-
-“As you like,” said the man, with a shrug of his shoulders.
-
-He sat down; and then, still holding his revolver in his hand, Frank
-advanced to the table, and sat on the chair the man had first attempted
-to take.
-
-“This is more comfortable,” said the Frenchman. “It distressed me to see
-you standing.”
-
-“The ease with which you are distressed over the inconvenience of others
-does you great credit,” said Merry, with a curl at the corners of his
-lips. “Now we are seated, you are at liberty to say whatever you have to
-say.”
-
-“Thank you,” bowed the man, placing his hands on the table before him,
-and leaning slightly toward Merry.
-
-Frank noticed those hands for the first time. Although the fingers were
-long, they were also thick and muscular, and there was something about
-them suggestive of great strength. The man saw Merriwell looking at his
-hands, and a strange, chilling smile hovered on his face.
-
-“What do you think of them?” he asked.
-
-“Eh? Of what?”
-
-“My hands.”
-
-“Why do you ask?”
-
-“I saw you looking at them. Are they not very strong?”
-
-“They seem to be.”
-
-“They are. There are no hands in Paris like them. They are the most
-famous hands in all this city.”
-
-Frank wondered what the man could mean by all this.
-
-“What do I care about your hands!” he cried, forgetting for the moment
-his assumption of suavity. “I did not stop here to talk of them.”
-
-“No, monsieur; you stopped here because the door was closed.”
-
-“I believe you are right.”
-
-The Frenchman bowed.
-
-“I am sure I am right,” he said. “But I saw you looking at my hands.
-They attracted your attention. It is not strange. They are very strong.
-Look.”
-
-He spread the sinewy fingers out till his hands looked like huge talons,
-and then he brought them slowly together, as if gripping something, and
-crushing it. There was something so horribly suggestive about this
-action that the lips of the American youth were pressed together, and
-there was a frown on his forehead.
-
-“If I had something within the grasp of those fingers,” purred the man
-across the table, “they would close just the same. They can crush
-anything but iron, and that they can bend.”
-
-“I beg your pardon,” said Frank impatiently. “Was it to boast of the
-strength of your hands that you induced me to stay?”
-
-“I thought of telling you about it, my cool young friend from America.
-After I have told you all, we will talk of something else.”
-
-The hands unclosed, and lay on the table. Surely, there was something
-fascinating about them, and Frank took his eyes from them with
-difficulty.
-
-“Now,” said the Frenchman, in that same purring voice, “suppose that
-those hands were to close on a human throat, Monsieur American. What
-chance would the owner of that throat have to escape with his life? They
-would crush the windpipe, and end a human life with ease. I did not lie
-to you when I told you those hands were the most famous in all Paris.
-They have given me my name.”
-
-Frank was silent.
-
-“I have used those hands,” continued the man, “and I expect to use them
-again—perhaps to-night. They have felt human throats!”
-
-Merriwell felt a creepy sensation stealing over him.
-
-“Did you ever hear of Claude Bruant?” asked the man.
-
-“Never.”
-
-“Then you have not been long in Paris. I am Claude Bruant, but I have
-another name, given me in honor of the work these hands have done. I am
-more often called The Strangler!”
-
-“A very pretty name for a man like you, and most appropriate,” said the
-American youth, with unruffled coolness. “I should say it fitted you
-very well. But there are ropes that strangle, as well as hands, and in
-France the guillotine is sometimes used by the executioner. Sometime you
-may discover how very beautifully it works!”
-
-The lips of the man curled back from his teeth in a wolfish smile. The
-nerve of this youth, scarcely more than a boy, was too much for him. If
-he had thought to terrify Frank Merriwell, he realized now that he had
-failed utterly. For all of his anger and disappointment, which were
-betrayed by that wolfish smile, he could not help admiring the lad who
-had remained unruffled by all he had said.
-
-That the American appreciated the situation was certain, for he had been
-keen to scent danger, and his language had shown that he possessed an
-unusually acute brain. The Strangler knew little of Americans, save what
-he had seen of them in Paris, and he had fancied that they could be
-intimidated with ease. He had expected to become more blunt and direct
-in his threats, but now he felt that it would be useless.
-
-Still, he was angry, and further threats came rolling to his tongue
-without being summoned.
-
-“You are very clever, Monsieur American!” he sneered; “but there is such
-a thing as being too clever. Do you know that?”
-
-“Without doubt, you are right, Monsieur Strangler. You have shown
-considerable cleverness yourself, but you are bound to overstep the
-limit in time, and then——Well, you know.”
-
-“Ah, monsieur, I fear you will not live to see that time!”
-
-“There is no reason why I should not, for I am much younger than you.”
-
-“Accidents will happen, you know. A strong hand, or two of them, might
-find the way to your throat.”
-
-“I hardly fear there is danger of that. A bullet is much swifter than
-human hands.”
-
-Frank smiled as he handled his revolver.
-
-“And do you know how to shoot?”
-
-“Monsieur, there is a fly crawling toward the lobe of your left ear. If
-you will permit me, I’ll guarantee to shoot him off without breaking the
-skin on your ear, and then there will be no flies on you.”
-
-Frank rested his elbow on the table, and pointed the revolver at Bruant.
-
-Instantly the man held up those fearful hands, with the palms toward the
-young American, saying:
-
-“I beg you will not shoot! Not that I fear harm, of course; but that is
-a pet fly of mine, and he has a way of crawling to the lobe of my left
-ear every evening at about this hour. If you were to destroy him, I
-should miss him very much.”
-
-“That being the case, I would not think of harming him for the world;
-but, if you will turn your head, I’ll agree to brush the dust from your
-eyebrows without ruffling them in the least.”
-
-“Monsieur, it would be easy to hit a large mark across a table, but
-could you hit a small mark across a room?”
-
-“I am willing to exhibit my skill. If you will hold a cigarette in your
-teeth, I think I may be able to clip it close to your lips, without
-knocking out a single tooth, or drawing blood.”
-
-“That would be very good; but would you yourself dare make such a test?”
-
-“It is an easy thing for you to learn. All you have to do is to take a
-cigarette in your lips, and stand against that door yonder.”
-
-“Thank you, but I am certain you will not urge me to arise after I have
-assured you that I am much tired, not having slept well for several
-nights.”
-
-“As you like. It was for your pleasure I proposed giving the exhibition
-of my skill. Under any circumstances, you should not doubt my ability to
-hit a man across a table.”
-
-“Let us talk of other things.”
-
-“As you choose,” bowed Frank, feeling well satisfied by what had passed
-between them.
-
-“It is needless to waste words,” said Bruant.
-
-Merry lifted his eyebrows.
-
-“You make the discovery after a great many have been wasted,” he smiled.
-
-“Now I will talk direct.”
-
-“Do!”
-
-“You have what I want.”
-
-“Still you continue to waste words, for you told me that once before.”
-
-“Well, monsieur, I tell you so again!” came rather sharply from the
-Strangler, his suavity beginning to break down before the coolness of
-the young American. “You have what I want. I led you here to obtain it
-from you.”
-
-“You have been to considerable trouble.”
-
-“And I am not to be baffled!”
-
-“You may promise yourself that as much as you like, but you must seek no
-such assurance from me.”
-
-“I promise you that! As truly as that door is closed, you shall not
-leave this room till it is delivered to me! On it the fate of a good man
-depends, and I must have it! Why attempt to baffle the efforts of
-justice by seeking to keep it?”
-
-“Why attempt to deceive me, Monsieur Strangler? You are not the friend
-of justice, but of something quite different. There is no reason why I
-should deliver anything into your hands.”
-
-“You value your own life?”
-
-“That I will admit.”
-
-“Then, that is reason enough.”
-
-“I shall defend my life with this weapon. Further than that, what is to
-hinder me from compelling you to rise and escort me from this room? I
-have a weapon in my hand, and I can put a piece of lead through your
-body in a twinkling, if I choose. Were you to refuse, I might shoot
-you.”
-
-“And that would be a serious thing for you.”
-
-“Not in this case, which would be purely one of self-defense. By your
-words, it is evident that Claude Bruant, the Strangler, is known in
-Paris, and it would not matter much if one of his intended victims were
-to end his life. In fact, it seems probable that every honest man would
-rejoice, and the one who did the deed would be applauded, if not
-rewarded.”
-
-“You have that matter reasoned out to your own satisfaction, I presume?”
-
-“Fully.”
-
-“Well, let me tell you that the friends of the Strangler are within
-call. Were you to become careless with that pistol——”
-
-“I should not give you time to call.”
-
-“The report of the weapon would suffice. My voice would not be needed.”
-
-“How many friends have you near?”
-
-“Oh,” grinned Bruant, with a shrug of his shoulders, “there are
-enough—four or five.”
-
-“Five—not more?”
-
-“Why are you so anxious to know?”
-
-“Because this revolver holds six shots. That would be one for you and
-each of your five friends. I really think I had better begin on you, and
-let the others come along later. I’ll take them as they come!”
-
-The astounded Frenchman began to fear that the American really
-contemplated carrying out the idea.
-
-“Wait a little!” he urged. “You can save yourself trouble by handing
-over the article. When you have done that, you will be permitted to
-depart unharmed. I will guarantee that not a hand shall be raised
-against you.”
-
-“You are very kind!”
-
-“Then you will comply?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“You refuse to give it up?”
-
-“I have nothing to give you.”
-
-At last, Bruant realized that the American could not be wheedled or
-frightened into handing over the metal ball. Indeed, all this talk had
-been a waste of words, and the anger in Bruant’s heart was intense. A
-sudden idea came to him. One thing he had not tried. Fool that he was,
-he had forgotten that all Americans are ready to sell their very souls
-for money!
-
-The Strangler grinned with sudden satisfaction. He leaned on the table
-close by the lamp, lowering his voice.
-
-“Monsieur American,” he said, “what you have is very valuable to me, and
-I am willing to pay for it. I was wrong in not coming to an
-understanding concerning its value at once. I will buy it from you, and
-you shall be well paid.”
-
-There was a dark frown on the face of Frank Merriwell, and he looked as
-if he longed to dash his clenched fist into the evil face that was
-grinning at him with sudden satisfaction.
-
-“You have made a mistake, Monsieur Strangler,” he said grimly. “I have
-nothing to sell you.”
-
-Bruant stared.
-
-“But, perhaps, you doubt that I will pay? Oh, I can give you positive
-assurance of that!”
-
-“I do not need it.”
-
-“I will bring the money here to this room, and place it on this table,
-before you.”
-
-“Spare yourself the trouble.”
-
-“It may be you doubt me? It may be you think I will bring you harm? Then
-we will both sit still, and I will call old Mezin to bring the money.”
-
-“I tell you that you are giving yourself needless trouble.”
-
-“Wait till I have named a price.”
-
-“Bruant,” said Frank Merriwell clearly and distinctly, “you cannot
-command enough money to buy anything of me! Do you think I’d touch one
-coin of your crime-stained money! I should feel that every piece was
-dripping with the blood of Dreyfus!”
-
-“Most Americans are not such fools!”
-
-Bruant had quite lost control of his temper now, and he snarled the
-words.
-
-“Most Americans cannot be bought with ill-gotten coin!”
-
-“Then you absolutely refuse, at any price?”
-
-“I do!”
-
-They looked at each other across the table, defeat flushing the dusky
-face of the Strangler with black blood. There was nothing but utter
-fearlessness in the face of the young American.
-
-The Frenchman turned his head toward the lamp, and gave a sudden great
-puff. Then, as it went out, plunging the room in darkness, he sprang to
-one side, and flung himself bodily across the table, his hands diving
-out in search of a human throat!
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII.
-
- M. DE VILLEFORT.
-
-
-Frank Merriwell’s movements had been equally swift. The instant the
-light went out, he swung his body far to one side, and thus it happened
-that Bruant’s hands grasped nothing when he made that savage clutch
-across the table. But the violence of his spring flung the table against
-Frank, who was unable to extricate himself, and over they went, with a
-crash, upon the floor.
-
-A curse escaped the lips of the Strangler.
-
-“You can’t escape my hands!” he hissed.
-
-He caught hold of Merry, and it was wonderful how swiftly his hands
-leaped up to the throat of the young American, and fastened there. Frank
-felt that the supreme moment had come. He pushed the muzzle of his
-revolver against one of the fellow’s elbows, and fired upward. The
-bullet must have shattered the man’s arm, and the hold on Frank’s throat
-relaxed in a moment.
-
-“Hereafter,” said the American youth, “you will do your strangling with
-one hand!”
-
-A furious snarl of anger and pain came from the wounded wretch, and,
-striking out with his fist, judging well where to hit, Frank Merriwell
-struck Bruant down in the dark. Then, in a most remarkable manner, he
-found his way across the room to the door that had closed behind him
-when he entered. Satisfied he had reached the door, he flung his
-shoulder against it, and burst it open.
-
-The old man in the front shop stared at him, open-mouthed.
-
-“Monsieur,” said Frank quietly, “the man in the back room needs the
-services of a skilful surgeon.”
-
-Then he walked out of the place, and no hand was raised to halt him. He
-was not a little surprised at the easy manner in which he had escaped,
-for he had expected to fight his way out of a nest of desperadoes.
-
-Even after he was on the street, and walking swiftly from that spot, it
-did not seem possible he had been fortunate enough to get away so
-quickly, and with such little difficulty. On leaving the shop, he had
-returned the revolver to his pocket, as a man hurrying along the streets
-of Paris at night, with a loaded revolver in his grasp, is sure to
-attract considerable attention.
-
-Just then attention was something little desired by Frank. He had been
-forced to use his revolver in self-defense, but he had not shot to kill.
-He felt sure he had simply broken the arm of the man who had clutched
-his throat. When it was all over, Frank wondered somewhat at his perfect
-tranquillity, for he was not shaking in the least.
-
-In Paris, he had expected to rest, and enjoy life. He had fancied no
-dangers would beset him there, but he had found such dangers as he had
-seldom known, and his adventures were of the most sensational nature.
-When he was a little distance from the shop, he felt in his pocket, to
-make sure the precious metal ball was still there. His fingers found it,
-and he was well satisfied.
-
-“Not till the right one comes will I part with it,” he muttered.
-
-Now he felt certain the Duke of Benoit du Sault had spoken nothing but
-the simple truth when he claimed that in some manner the tiny ball might
-help to establish the innocence of the captive of Devil’s Island. No
-longer was he inclined to believe the duke mentally unbalanced. He was
-now willing to accept the story of the Black Brothers and the blood-red
-star. It was uncanny and weird enough, and still it aroused in him a
-desire to solve the mystery, and learn the whole truth.
-
-Frank walked swiftly, now and then turning, to make sure he was not
-followed. Unstopped and unmolested, he made his way straight to the
-hotel. There he found Diamond and Rattleton, engaged in a game of
-pinochle, while Browning reclined on a couch, and filled the room with
-smoke. Tutor Maybe was sleeping soundly in bed, where he had been for
-some hours.
-
-“Look here, Merriwell,” cried Rattleton, as Frank appeared, “this thing
-must stop!”
-
-“That’s right,” grunted Browning, while Diamond looked at Merry
-reproachfully and accusingly, and said nothing.
-
-“What’s the matter with you fellows?” asked Frank, with a smile.
-
-“Looks happy, doesn’t he?” chuckled Rattleton, winking at Bruce.
-
-“As a clam,” said the big fellow. “He must have had a very pleasant time
-this evening.”
-
-“I have,” confessed Merry. “I have enjoyed myself exceedingly, I assure
-you.”
-
-“The brazen creature!” gasped Rattleton. “My! my! but I never thought it
-of him!”
-
-“Nor I,” came from the big fellow on the couch. “I say, Merry, what’s
-her name?”
-
-“What’s who’s name?”
-
-“Oh, don’t give us any of that!” said Harry. “It won’t go with this
-crowd!”
-
-“I should say nit!” growled Bruce good-naturedly. “Own right up like a
-man. What’s her name? Is she an artist’s model? Oh, I’ll bet you’ve been
-over in the Quarter!”
-
-“And only away from Elsie Bellwood such a short time!” said Diamond,
-more in reproof than in jest. “I did not think it of you, Frank!”
-
-Frank laughed pleasantly.
-
-“My dear boys,” he said, “you are off your trolleys.”
-
-“Now, don’t tell us there isn’t a girl in it!” shouted Rattleton,
-flinging down his cards, and rising to his feet. “I have always regarded
-you as the soul of veracity, and I do not wish to lose faith in you
-now.”
-
-“Remember, my dear boy,” said Browning in a fatherly way, “that you are
-in Paris—naughty Paris. You must have a care not to lose your veracity
-along with your other good qualities.”
-
-“It is the second evening you have been out alone,” said Harry. “You are
-not in the habit of meandering around all by yourself in a strange city.
-You are a person who enjoys company.”
-
-“I’m afraid he’s had company enough,” said Diamond soberly.
-
-Now, when Frank thought of what had actually happened, and what his
-friends seemed to imagine had happened, he sat down and laughed most
-heartily.
-
-“He’s becoming depraved fast!” exclaimed Rattleton. “He can laugh over
-it in a heartless manner.”
-
-“Yes; he’s going to the dogs, sure enough!” grunted Bruce. “It’s a
-shame! He was able to withstand temptation till he came here to naughty
-Paris.”
-
-“Boys,” said Diamond, “I’m afraid it’s no joking-matter.”
-
-And that made Frank laugh still harder.
-
-Wiping his eyes, Merry said:
-
-“My dear Diamond, surely you have not been affected by the air of Paris?
-You are constant enough to Juliet, whom you left in England.”
-
-Jack’s face turned crimson.
-
-“Oh, that’s nothing serious!” he protested, scowling at Frank, and
-trying to make Merry understand that he did not wish too much said
-before the others.
-
-But Harry and Bruce were quick to catch on, and they made it rather warm
-for Diamond for some minutes.
-
-“Oh, you fellows think you are smart!” exclaimed the Virginian. “You are
-ready to turn from Frank any time, and pick at me, but you can carry it
-too far!”
-
-“Take your medicine,” advised Browning. “Don’t fly off the handle. You
-must stand a little jollying, when your turn comes. You laughed with the
-others when the alarm-clock joke was worked on me.”
-
-The boys tried to induce Frank to tell where he had been, but he kept
-them guessing, till, at last, Browning and Rattleton gave up in disgust,
-and went to bed. Frank was preparing to retire, when Diamond came and
-sat down near-by. Merry took the revolver from his pocket, wiped it out,
-and slipped a fresh cartridge into the cylinder. Jack regarded him
-curiously while he was doing this.
-
-“Have you been carrying that around?” asked the Virginian.
-
-“I took it with me this evening,” nodded Merry.
-
-“And used it?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“For what purpose?”
-
-“I am not in the habit of using a pistol unless it is necessary.”
-
-Diamond looked puzzled and troubled.
-
-“See here, Frank,” he said, “you have been acting rather strange for a
-day or two.”
-
-“Have I?”
-
-“Yes. What’s up?”
-
-“Perhaps I may tell you sometime.”
-
-“Merriwell, am I your friend?”
-
-Frank turned about, and faced Diamond, who looked very grave and
-earnest.
-
-“I sincerely hope you are, and I have every reason to believe so,” he
-said.
-
-Jack was nervous.
-
-“I have something to say to you,” he faltered.
-
-“Well, old man, I am ready to listen. Go ahead.”
-
-Plainly, it was not easy for the Southerner to begin. Frank was
-surprised to see Jack so embarrassed.
-
-“I am ready to listen,” said Frank quietly. “Fire away, old man.”
-
-“Merriwell, as I am your friend, I hope you will take in good part what
-I have to say.”
-
-“Don’t fear about that, Jack. Go ahead.”
-
-“I know Paris is a rather giddy place, and—and——” Jack paused, to clear
-his throat, flushing, and looking more embarrassed than ever. “There is
-something in the atmosphere here that seems to take hold of the most
-staid.”
-
-“Yes; a fellow feels new life and buoyancy.” Frank wished to say
-something to encourage the Virginian, although he was wondering more
-than ever what his companion could be driving at.
-
-“Yes. Some old men, who must be good, sober citizens at home, act in a
-most ridiculous manner as soon as they come here. I have seen some of
-them in this hotel. They are giddy, and they make me sick!”
-
-“But I fail to see what connection this has with me.”
-
-“Er——Oh, it doesn’t have any real connection, but——Why, what I want to
-say is, that you have—you have acted rather strange for a day or two.”
-
-“You said that before.”
-
-“I believe I did. Don’t you ever think of Elsie since coming to Paris,
-Frank?”
-
-“Every day.”
-
-“But, you know, you have been so strange—you have taken to going out
-alone—and—and you haven’t seemed to want anybody to go with you,
-especially at night. Now, Frank, are you sure you have not been affected
-by the atmosphere here? Are you sure you think of Elsie as much as you
-should?”
-
-Frank stared in open-mouthed amazement for some moments, and then he
-dropped on a chair, bursting into a hearty, ringing laugh.
-
-“By Jove!” he cried. “I didn’t think that was what you were driving at,
-old man! I didn’t suppose you could really think such a thing of me! Oh,
-say, it’s too much! And you are all ready to give me a dose of fatherly
-advice! Oh, ha! ha! ha! Say, this is the funniest thing yet!”
-
-Jack was crimson.
-
-“Don’t!” he pleaded; “don’t laugh at me like that! Those fellows will
-hear you, and they’ll be rubbering around in a minute! Please don’t
-laugh, Frank!”
-
-“How can I help it?” gasped Merry, trying to repress his mirth. “It is
-too ludicrous! And you really thought I must be running after a girl, or
-girls, because I have acted odd! Oh, Jack!”
-
-“Well, now, you must confess that I had reasons. Rattleton and Browning
-think so, too.”
-
-“Do they? Well, let them think. It makes no difference to me. I will
-take the trouble to tell you that nothing of the kind has happened.
-Don’t be silly, old man. I appreciate all the good advice you were about
-to give me, but it isn’t needed.”
-
-Diamond felt decidedly awkward, but Frank put him at his ease with a few
-words. The Virginian apologized, but Merry assured him that apologies
-were not needed.
-
-“Perhaps to-morrow, or the next day,” he said, “I may have something to
-tell you.”
-
-“If you are in danger——” began Jack.
-
-“One never knows when danger may come,” interrupted Frank.
-
-“You seldom carry a revolver. When you do——”
-
-“It is liable to be needed.”
-
-“And you needed it to-night?”
-
-“Rather. I used it.”
-
-Merry would make no further explanation, and Diamond went to bed that
-night much mystified and not a little troubled.
-
-It was not at all remarkable that Frank Merriwell did not sleep very
-well that night. Surely, it would have been remarkable if he had. His
-slumbers were broken by dreams of blood-red stars, men in black, and a
-pair of large, sinewy, evil hands. In his dreams, he fought again and
-again to keep those hands from his throat.
-
-In the morning, his friends noticed that he looked worn and unlike
-himself. Diamond, perhaps, thought most of it, and he decided that Merry
-must be in some serious trouble. Jack longed to urge Frank to unbosom
-himself, but felt that it might be better to wait till Merry should do
-so of his own accord. After breakfast, Merriwell began pegging away at
-his studies, much to the satisfaction of Tutor Maybe. Browning, Diamond,
-and Rattleton went out for an “airing.”
-
-Midway in the forenoon a card was brought Frank. On it was engraved the
-name, “Murat de Villefort.” Beneath the name was written, with a
-lead-pencil, “Justice calls!” Murat de Villefort proved to be a tall,
-slender, supple-appearing man, with a coal-black mustache and imperial.
-His face was rather harsh and stern, but his manners were pleasant and
-acceptable.
-
-Frank surveyed the man critically, wondering if he could be another
-impostor.
-
-“Monsieur Merriwell,” said the visitor, “I trust you will be glad of the
-opportunity to get rid of your charge.”
-
-“Of what do you speak?” asked Frank evasively.
-
-“I speak of that for which I have called.”
-
-“You will have to speak still more plainly, monsieur.”
-
-“Excuse me,” said M. de Villefort coldly. “I fear you are demanding too
-much. You have but to discharge your duty, and deliver it into my
-hands.”
-
-“When I am certain it will be discharging my duty, I may deliver the
-‘it’ of which you speak. You are not the first who has sought it.”
-
-“I am not?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“But you have not let it go?” cried the man in apparent alarm. “Don’t
-tell me you have let it pass from your hands! _Mon Dieu!_ If you have,
-all is ruined!”
-
-He seemed very sincere in his alarm.
-
-“I assure you that nothing passes from my hands till I am certain it
-passes into the possession of the proper person.”
-
-De Villefort seemed relieved. He drew a deep breath, saying:
-
-“I feared for a moment that you had been deceived into giving it up to
-some impostor.”
-
-“Impostors do not succeed very well with me, monsieur.”
-
-“You are very shrewd, Monsieur Merriwell,” bowed the Frenchman, in a
-flattering manner. “It was fortunate for justice that you were chosen as
-the guardian of such treasure.”
-
-“Thank you. Then you know nothing of my encounter with one who sought to
-obtain it from me?”
-
-“Nothing, monsieur. When did this happen?”
-
-“Last night. In a little shop not far from Gare St. Lazare.”
-
-“And were you given the sign?”
-
-“In part.”
-
-“By whom?”
-
-“One who called himself Claude Bruant, and claimed to be known as the
-Strangler.”
-
-De Villefort started.
-
-“The Strangler?” he cried. “A desperate wretch, who has been well paid
-by the enemies of justice to do their vile work! And you escaped his
-hands?”
-
-“I am here.”
-
-“I see. It is remarkable. You are very wonderful. How did you escape?”
-
-“With the aid of this,” said Merry, quietly taking his revolver from his
-pocket. “I doubt much if the Strangler ever has much use of one of his
-hands again, as I shattered his arm with a bullet.”
-
-Again De Villefort complimented Frank in a most profuse manner.
-
-“Justice owes you a greater debt than it can ever repay,” he declared.
-“If the captive of Devil’s Island ever escapes, it may be that he will
-owe his salvation to you.”
-
-“You are complimentary, indeed, M. de Villefort. I assure you, I
-appreciate your words very highly.”
-
-And still Frank made no move to deliver the little ball into the man’s
-hands, for De Villefort had not given the complete signal. The man held
-out his hand.
-
-“Now, I presume, you will answer the call of justice, Monsieur
-Merriwell.”
-
-Frank smiled coolly.
-
-“Perhaps as I answered it last night.”
-
-De Villefort frowned.
-
-“This is no time for delay,” he said sternly. “With me, time is
-precious.”
-
-“Thus far, then, you have wasted it,” declared Frank, growing more and
-more suspicious.
-
-All at once, as if struck by a sudden thought, the Frenchman flung out
-his hand, with a strange gesture. An instant later, he lifted that hand
-to his eyes, saying:
-
-“Justice calls.”
-
-It was the signal, and, at last, it had been given correctly. It came as
-a surprise to Frank, for he had begun to believe that De Villefort would
-fail to give it. Merry hesitated, for, even though the signal had been
-given, he felt a strange reluctance to part with the precious ball
-delivered into his hands by the dead Duke of Benoit de Sault.
-
-The Frenchman lowered his eyes, and stood looking at the youth
-expectantly, commandingly. Slowly, Frank felt in his pocket for the
-precious ball. He felt a great desire to know what secret it contained
-that might serve to bring justice to the wretched prisoner of Devil’s
-Island.
-
-Merry drew the metal ball from his pocket, and the eyes of De Villefort
-glittered strangely when he saw it. The man seemed to be holding himself
-in check.
-
-“Here it is,” said Frank regretfully. “I have thought that I should be
-glad to get rid of it, but now I part with it most reluctantly, I
-confess.”
-
-Then he looked up suddenly, and surprised that strange, crafty,
-triumphant look in the glittering eyes of the Frenchman. It gave Frank a
-shock. It was as if some one had shouted into his ears, “Beware—beware!
-He is fooling you!” Frank had been on the point of delivering up the
-mysterious ball, but now he hesitated.
-
-De Villefort became aware that something had aroused the suspicions of
-the shrewd American. And then, like a flash, the Frenchman’s arm darted
-out, and his fingers snatched the ball from Frank! That act told Frank
-Merriwell as plainly as words that the man had no right to the tiny
-sphere.
-
-“Thank you, Monsieur Merriwell!” cried Murat de Villefort triumphantly.
-“You have guarded the treasure well, and you may be consoled to know it
-has reached good hands at last.”
-
-He laughed outright, and that laugh was as if he had struck Merriwell
-between the eyes. It removed the last doubt from Frank’s mind. Although
-the man had given the signal, he had no right to the metal ball. The
-precious sphere had fallen into the hands of the enemies of Dreyfus!
-
-That ball had brought nothing but trouble and danger to Frank, and
-almost any other person would have felt gladness to get rid of it,
-especially as he could know he had fulfilled his promise to the dead
-duke. Not so Frank Merriwell. In an instant flashed before his eyes a
-vision of the poor wretch on the burning rock of Devil’s Island, doomed
-to spend the remainder of his days there, just because that tiny ball
-had fallen into hands for whom it was never intended!
-
-That was enough.
-
-Murat de Villefort had been swift in his movements, but Frank was
-equally swift. He sprang upon the man, with the fierceness of a panther.
-Then began a sharp and terrible struggle for the possession of the tiny
-ball.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII.
-
- DOOMED.
-
-
-“Give it up!”
-
-“Never!”
-
-“You shall!”
-
-“Never!”
-
-“I’ll take it!”
-
-“You cannot!”
-
-“We’ll see!”
-
-In a very few moments, M. de Villefort was astounded by the strength of
-the American youth, who seemed scarcely more than a boy. Once his
-fingers had closed on the ball, the man believed it safe in his
-possession, but he soon realized that he must fight if he would retain
-it, and he must fight as never before had he fought. Grappled in each
-other’s embrace, the men swayed and staggered about the room. They
-struck against pieces of furniture, which they upset. They glared into
-each other’s eyes, and panted as they fought.
-
-Frank had clutched the man’s wrist, and his object was to pin De
-Villefort against the wall, and force him to return the ball. But the
-Frenchman was slippery, and it was not easy for Merry to carry out his
-plan. However, De Villefort had not the endurance to stand against the
-American youth, and he soon realized that his strength must give out,
-while Frank seemed as fresh and strong as at first.
-
-“Fool!” panted the Frenchman. “I gave you the signal!”
-
-“By accident, perhaps.”
-
-“You know that is not possible!”
-
-“And I know you have no right to the ball!”
-
-“You are mad! Do you wish to share the fate of the Duke of Benoit du
-Sault?”
-
-“His fate? Why, the papers say he died a natural death!”
-
-“He died as others have died—and as you may die!”
-
-“Now I know you have no right to the ball! Now I know you are not the
-friend, but the enemy, of justice! You shall not leave this room with
-the ball!”
-
-De Villefort made a furious effort to tear himself from Frank’s grasp,
-panting as he struggled:
-
-“You may force me to use a dagger!”
-
-“If you try it, I’ll give you an arm to match that of your friend Claude
-Bruant, the Strangler!”
-
-“What is it to you, fool of an American! Is it possible you are one who
-is working to bring disgrace on France?”
-
-“No! France has already disgraced herself!”
-
-Villefort found he could not get away. He was desperate when Frank
-finally forced him up against the wall. Twisting his wrist free, he
-lifted his hand, and slipped the tiny ball into his mouth. Immediately,
-Frank realized what the man meant to do.
-
-He intended to swallow the little ball!
-
-Quickly, Merry clutched De Villefort by the throat, pinning him with all
-his strength against the wall, and holding him there, so that he could
-not swallow. The Frenchman tried to tear that hand from his throat, but
-he could not do it. Frank’s fingers seemed made of iron, and they sank
-into the man’s throat till there came a cracking sound beneath them.
-
-De Villefort’s mouth opened, and the tiny ball came out with his
-protruding tongue. Frank caught it skilfully.
-
-“Thank you!” he said with mocking politeness.
-
-Then he took his hand from the Frenchman’s throat, and stepped back,
-releasing him. Like a limp rag, De Villefort slid down the face of the
-wall to the floor, on which he dropped softly, gasping in the most
-painful manner for breath. Frank slipped the ball into his pocket,
-retreating a few steps. With absolute coolness, he stood watching the
-gasping Frenchman.
-
-Murat de Villefort glared at him, with terrible hatred. He made a
-gurgling sound in his throat, but his words, if words he tried to speak,
-were inarticulate.
-
-“It is a shame to choke a man so hard, unless the job is finished,” said
-Merry, with his hands resting on his hips. “I do not like to resort to
-such extreme measures, but, in this case, you forced me to, monsieur.”
-
-De Villefort seemed to gnash his teeth. He dragged himself up to a
-sitting posture, with his back against the wall, and sat there, rubbing
-his throat, and breathing with a rasping sound.
-
-“I trust you will be all right in a short time, monsieur,” continued the
-youth from across the ocean, “so that I may have the extreme
-satisfaction of kicking you out of this room. Nothing can give me more
-pleasure, I assure you, than to kick you with all the violence I can
-command.”
-
-“You—you whelp!” panted the man against the wall.
-
-“You were very polite a short time ago,” said Frank. “Even then, it
-seemed to me that your politeness was artificial. The real ruffian
-showed through the veneering.”
-
-“Fool!” gurgled the Frenchman, once more.
-
-“I came near being fooled,” admitted Frank; “but I tumbled to you just
-in time. I wish you to make as much haste as possible, for I do long to
-kick you!”
-
-“Your end will come soon!”
-
-“Not till I have delivered the ball into the proper hands, I trust.”
-
-“That ball will destroy you!”
-
-“What, after the wretched failures made by the Strangler and yourself?
-Oh, I am beginning to enjoy this, I assure you. I had thought Paris
-rather tame, but you have made it seem real lively, and have added zest
-to my visit here.”
-
-De Villefort was at a loss for words. Never in all his life before this
-day had he encountered a person like this cool American lad. He realized
-now that Frank Merriwell was something more than a boy—was something
-more than an ordinary man.
-
-“Come!” cried Frank commandingly; “get up! You are able to do so now.”
-
-Merry walked to the door, and flung it open. With some difficulty, De
-Villefort struggled to his feet, aided by the partition. He sidled
-toward the door in a manner that was rather laughable, and Frank
-followed him up.
-
-“You shall shed tears of blood for this!” snarled the Frenchman.
-
-“All right,” cheerfully said Merry. “I’ll lay in a fresh supply of
-handkerchiefs, so that I may be ready for the sorrowful occasion.”
-
-“Your life shall be the forfeit!”
-
-“Oh your threats are becoming tiresome! Walk out of the room like a man,
-not like a whipped dog. You are not giving me a fair chance to kick
-you.”
-
-But the Frenchman suddenly turned, and ran out of the room so swiftly
-that Frank had no chance to kick him. Frank closed the door, with
-satisfaction.
-
-When the boys returned, they were somewhat surprised to find Frank in
-rare spirits. He laughed and joked with them in his old-time manner, and
-again they were the jolly party of Yale students that had started out to
-“do” London and Paris. The struggle in Frank’s room had not disturbed
-Wellington Maybe, and no one in the hotel besides Merry himself knew
-anything about it.
-
-Mr. Maybe complimented Frank on the manner in which he had stuck to
-study on the forenoon of such a beautiful day. Maybe took his meals in
-the hotel, but the boys were in the habit of eating wherever they chose,
-and their search after novelty took them to many places.
-
-Browning, who was a great eater, told of a little café he had found,
-where they had some rare dishes, and where the cooking was of a high
-order. His tale aroused the hungry boys so that they all demanded to be
-taken to the place at once.
-
-It proved to be a rather modest little restaurant on a side street.
-There was something of a bohemian air about the place, and a number of
-stout, red-faced men were eating there.
-
-The boys had a table by themselves, and they settled down to order
-almost everything on the bill of fare. Browning declared that his
-morning walk had made him hungry enough to dine off a fried boot, or any
-old thing of the sort. While they were waiting, they chatted and told
-stories, after their usual wont. There was more or less chaffing, and
-Frank seemed to have a streak of wit, for everything said seemed to give
-him an opportunity for a play of words.
-
-At last, the food came on, and Browning could scarcely remain seated
-when he obtained a whiff. The dishes were arranged on the table, and the
-waiter departed for something that had been omitted from the order.
-
-“Well, you can bet I’m going to begin the demolishing!” exclaimed
-Browning. “Oh, say! I won’t do a thing to this!”
-
-And then, just as Frank was on the point of speaking, something seemed
-to fall, with a jingling sound, on his plate. Diamond bent forward, to
-see what it was.
-
-“Rubber!” grinned Rattleton. “Sit up straight, and perhaps one will fall
-in your plate.”
-
-“What is it?” grunted Bruce. “Sounded like a piece of money. Are they
-beginning to throw money at us?”
-
-“If so, with his usual luck, Merry gets the first piece,” said Harry.
-
-As for Frank, he saw what had fallen on his plate, and lay square in the
-middle of the white surface. It was a blood-red star!
-
-At it Frank stared for a moment, and then he leaped to his feet, and
-looked around, to see from whence it came. First, he looked up at the
-ceiling, but it did not seem possible it had fallen from there. Then he
-looked in other directions. At the nearest table sat two old men, who
-were eating busily, and talking quite as busily as they ate. They seemed
-utterly absorbed in their own affairs, and both were laughing at a story
-one of them had lately told. The other people in the place were eating
-and talking in a similar manner, and not one seemed to be noticing the
-four American lads at the table in the corner.
-
-Frank sat down, and his face was very pale. He stared at the red symbol
-of death that lay on his plate, and he thought how the terrible sign had
-come to the doomed Duke of Benoit du Sault. He doubted not for an
-instant that the star had been intended for him.
-
-Ten days of life had been given to him, and then, if he were not beyond
-the borders of France—death! And was it certain that death could be
-escaped by fleeing from the soil of France?
-
-About the mystery there was something to chill the stoutest heart, and
-it was not strange that Frank Merriwell turned pale when he saw that
-crimson star lying on his white plate. It would have been different if
-there had been any way to fight the horrible doom that seemed to creep
-with absolute certainty upon every person who received the blood-red
-star.
-
-It seemed, however, that the only resort a person had, on receiving the
-star, was to fly from France without delay—to get as far from the
-terrible Black Brothers as possible. On the star were the words, “Ten
-days,” and a drawing of the guillotine.
-
-Diamond reached to take it from Merry’s plate, but Merry caught him by
-the wrist, saying in a strained voice:
-
-“Don’t touch it!”
-
-Frank’s tone caused every one at the table to stare at him.
-
-“What’s the matter?” asked Jack, astonished. “No one here but me shall
-touch it,” declared Frank. “It was meant for me.”
-
-“Huah!” grunted Browning. “Never knew him to be so greedy before. Who
-wants your old star, anyhow? Keep it, and eat it, if you want it!”
-
-He continued eating. Diamond, however, knew something was wrong. He saw
-the sudden change that had come over Frank, and his heart was filled
-with alarm.
-
-What did it mean? He was unable to answer his own question.
-
-“I did not mean to take it,” he said. “I was simply going to look at
-it.”
-
-“You shall not touch it!”
-
-Now Rattleton was attracted by the change in Merriwell.
-
-“Is it so valuable?” he asked.
-
-“It is deadly!” said Frank. “It is the symbol of murder and bloodshed!”
-
-“Boo!” said Browning. “Throw it away!”
-
-“No,” said Merry, taking the star from his plate and putting it into his
-pocket. “It was meant for me, and I accept it. It is a challenge from
-the Black Brothers!”
-
-Even Browning lifted his head and stared at Merry.
-
-“Dut the whickens—no, what the dickens is the matter with you?”
-exclaimed Rattleton. “What are you talking about, anyhow?”
-
-Of Frank’s companions, Diamond was the only one who seemed to have any
-realizing sense of the fact that the dropping of the red star on Frank’s
-plate was an incident of deep significance. He was trying to read
-Frank’s face, and what he saw there filled him with alarm. Surely this
-great change in Merry meant something. A few moments before, Frank had
-been the jolliest one of the party; now he was pale and stern, with a
-strange light gleaming in his eyes. His mouth was set together till the
-blood was forced from his lips, and a deep shadow had fallen on his
-face.
-
-Jack felt in his heart that, in some manner, that red star was connected
-with the trouble into which Frank had fallen. But not even Diamond could
-imagine for one moment the terrible meaning of it all.
-
-“A star,” grunted Browning. “Merriwell has been a star all his life, and
-so it is natural they should begin to throw stars at him now.”
-
-And he kept on eating.
-
-“Come, fellows,” said Frank to Jack and Harry, “aren’t you going to
-eat?”
-
-“When you do,” said the Virginian.
-
-Frank prepared to begin, and the others did likewise; but Diamond,
-watching Merry covertly, decided that it was a poor meal Frank would eat
-that morning. He was right. Frank tried to force himself to eat, but the
-food was tasteless, and it seemed to choke him. He kept up a pretense of
-eating till at last he fell into a brown study, staring at the table.
-
-He took out the red star and looked it over and over. Diamond nudged
-Rattleton and nodded toward Merry significantly. Harry, who had an
-opportunity, leaned closer, so he could see what was on the star.
-
-Browning was the only person who did justice to the food before him. The
-big fellow was so hungry that he declared he should have continued
-eating if a star from the skies had fallen on the table. At last it was
-over. Frank paid the bill, and they left the restaurant.
-
-Diamond longed to ask questions, but refrained. Browning, however,
-attempted to chaff Merriwell about the star, but discovered that Frank
-did not seem to hear anything he was saying, and gradually closed up,
-aware at last that something was wrong. They had not walked far from the
-restaurant before Frank suddenly wheeled and looked round.
-
-On the opposite side of the street, which in that quarter happened to be
-rather deserted, a man dressed all in black was walking slowly in the
-same direction as the American lads.
-
-“The black shadow is again on my heels!” muttered Frank.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV.
-
- IN THE BROTHERHOOD’S POWER.
-
-
-“I want to quest you an askion—I mean, I want to ask you a question,”
-said Rattleton, speaking to Diamond one evening four days later.
-
-They were alone in a room at the hotel where they were stopping.
-
-“All right,” said the Virginian gloomily. “Ask away, but I don’t know
-that I’ll be able to answer it.”
-
-“What I’d like to know,” said Harry, “is what ails Frank Merriwell.”
-
-“Well, you have come to the wrong place to find out,” said the
-Virginian.
-
-“You know something is the matter with him?”
-
-“Yes, anybody can see that.”
-
-“Even Browning knows it now.”
-
-“I have known it for some time, and I have tried to find out, but I
-might as well not.”
-
-“He has been so queer since the time when that red star fell on his
-plate in the restaurant.”
-
-“He was queer before that. He had not been like himself in two days.”
-
-“But he was not as he is now.”
-
-“No,” confessed Jack.
-
-“Now he talks of a black band of assassins, a metal ball that holds the
-fate of Dreyfus, and of the time between the falling of the red star and
-the death that must follow. By Jove! Diamond, I am afraid something is
-the matter with Merry’s upper deck!”
-
-“You mean that his mind is affected?”
-
-“Yes. What do you think?”
-
-“I don’t know what to think.”
-
-“And he has not remained in the hotel much of any but a little while
-nights since the star came to him.”
-
-“And one night he did not come in till three o’clock in the morning. Oh,
-yes, it is strange!”
-
-“He never smiles any more. He is like a man contemplating death.”
-
-“Or fighting it. There is a look of determination on his face, and he
-has said over and over that he must bring the Black Brothers to their
-end before ten days expire, or come to his own end. Now, who in the name
-of all things mysterious are the Black Brothers?”
-
-“Ask me an easy one. I didn’t come to you to answer questions, anyhow!”
-
-“He does not sleep,” declared Diamond. “Night after night I awakened
-repeated, only to find him wide-awake. Perhaps he will be pacing the
-floor, but even if he is in bed, I discover he is wide-awake. He acts as
-if he feared some terrible danger, and yet sought to overcome it.”
-
-“But why doesn’t he tell us about it?”
-
-“That’s it,” nodded Harry; “why doesn’t he? It’s not like him to be so
-secretive.”
-
-“Surely he can trust some of us, if he can trust anybody. I have tried
-to find out something from him, and I have failed.”
-
-“Same here.”
-
-“He has said several times that he will tell soon, but soon has not come
-yet.”
-
-“I move that we get hold of him and make him tell.”
-
-“If you will suggest a way by which we may force Frank Merriwell to talk
-when he has resolved to keep his mouth shut, your suggestion will be
-worth considering.”
-
-They stared at each other in silence, puzzling over the strange affair.
-
-“He clings to that star,” muttered Diamond. “But that is not all, for I
-have seen him staring at a small metal ball, which he kept turning over
-and over in his fingers. He seemed to be hypnotized with the thing. Once
-I asked him what the thing was, and what do you suppose he answered?”
-
-“Give it up. You tell.”
-
-“One word.”
-
-“What word?”
-
-“Justice! Now tell me what he meant by that, if you can! Tell me why
-that tiny ball should contain justice!”
-
-“Don’t!” cried Harry. “Didn’t I say I came to ask you questions? Here
-you are shooting them at me one after another.”
-
-“Well, I’ve longed to shoot them at somebody for some time.”
-
-“Jack.”
-
-“What?”
-
-“I am beginning to fear it’s really true that Frank is going daffy! You
-know there’s something queer about his father and mother. It’s said his
-father was a most eccentric man, and his mother was a delicate little
-woman. Frank has been altogether too brilliant! I’m afraid, Diamond,
-that our comrade is getting nutty.”
-
-“I won’t believe it!” exclaimed the Virginian, in hot rebellion at the
-thought. “I won’t believe that splendid fellow can be destroyed in such
-a manner! I won’t believe that brilliant mind can be clouded! Don’t
-speak of it again!”
-
-“You will not believe, and yet you fear. Where do you suppose he is
-now?”
-
-“I haven’t the least idea.”
-
-At that very moment Frank Merriwell was a helpless captive in the hands
-of the dreaded Black Brothers!
-
- * * * * *
-
-Around Frank Merriwell were stone walls. He was standing in the midst of
-a cellar, with his back bound to a pillar. At one end of the cellar was
-a wooden door; at the other end was a flight of stairs. Around Frank
-stood seven men, all dressed in black cloaks and hoods.
-
-Frank had made a desperate attempt to hunt down the Black Brothers, but
-the result had been that he had fallen into their clutches. But a few
-moments before he had been bound to the pillar. His hat and coat were
-gone, for he had not succumbed without a struggle. The leader of the
-band stepped forward.
-
-“At last, my brothers,” he said, in a deep voice, “we have captured the
-one most dangerous to us and to the honor of France. He is in our power,
-and we can destroy him.”
-
-“We can,” said the others, in unison.
-
-“But first,” said the chief, “we must find on him the precious ball that
-contains one-half of the torn document that proved the innocence of
-Dreyfus.”
-
-At last Frank knew what the metal ball contained. The chief began to
-search Merry, and he soon found the ball and brought it forth. A
-muttering exclamation of triumph and satisfaction escaped the lips of
-the others as their leader held up the tiny ball.
-
-“Here it is!” he cried. “At last the fate of Dreyfus is in our grasp!”
-
-There were exclamations of satisfaction.
-
-“I will open it,” said the chief. “The paper shall be removed and
-destroyed at once.”
-
-He examined the ball closely and then pressed hard on a certain spot.
-Immediately it flew open in his hands!
-
-Then there was a cry of anger and fury from the lips of the man.
-
-“A thousand fiends!” he shouted. “It is empty!”
-
-The hollow ball did not contain the torn paper they had expected to
-find!
-
-“Empty?” gasped the others.
-
-“Yes! It has been opened, and the paper has been removed!”
-
-The captive bound to the pillar laughed. They turned on him in fury.
-
-“You found the way to open the ball, and you removed the paper!” snarled
-the chief. “Tell us where it is, you American meddler!”
-
-“You are entirely wrong,” coolly said Frank. “I am certain the ball has
-not been opened since it came into my possession, and I know nothing of
-the paper it contained.”
-
-“Don’t lie!”
-
-“I am not lying.”
-
-“What shall we do with him, brothers?” asked the chief.
-
-There was a sudden swishing ring of steel, and seven bright swords came
-leaping from their scabbards into the hands of their owners.
-
-“We must destroy him!” said the hooded band.
-
-Seven swords were pointed at Frank’s breast.
-
-“For the honor of France he must die!” declared the chief. “When I have
-counted to three, each man shall plunge his sword through the captive’s
-body!”
-
-He was not given an opportunity to count. There came a sudden thundering
-and hammering at the door. Then there was a summons to open in the name
-of France.
-
-“The gendarmes!” gasped the Black Brothers. “They have tracked us here!
-They have located us at last!”
-
-Bang! bang! bang!
-
-The hammering at the door was furious and terrible.
-
-Crash!—the door was falling!
-
-In a moment the seven members of the murderous band took to flight,
-escaping from the cellar by the other door, and when the officers came
-swarming down the stairs, they found no one to arrest, but were greeted
-politely and cheerfully by the young American who stood with his back
-bound against a pillar in the middle of the cellar.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV.
-
- ANOTHER WARNING.
-
-
-Frank’s adventures preceding his incarceration in the cellar, from which
-he was rescued by the gendarmes, can be briefly told. As soon as he
-realized that the Brothers had doomed him to death, and that his every
-move was shadowed, he set himself earnestly to the task of hunting down
-the band of assassins.
-
-First he went to the police, and told the story of the mystery connected
-with the death of the Duke of Benoit du Sault, omitting all mention of
-the metal ball which he knew would be taken from him if he mentioned its
-existence. His story was laughed at by the police. They seemed to regard
-him as a crank, a person deranged, or one seeking notoriety, and treated
-him with small courtesy.
-
-His reception at the hands of the police was so discouraging that if he
-were not filled with the purpose to render every aid in his power, under
-the present circumstances, to the poor prisoner of Devil’s Island, he
-would have been disheartened. He made an attempt to locate the band, in
-order to lay before the police absolute evidence of such an
-organization, and thus it happened, while working on the case alone, he
-fell into the hands of the dreadful seven, and was taken captive to the
-cellar.
-
-When the force of gendarmes rushed in, there was Frank bound to the
-pillar. The capture of the conspirators, rather than the rescue of their
-late prisoner, seemed to be their purpose. Pausing to question as to the
-direction of the flight of the Brothers, they made off in pursuit
-without making the least effort to release the captive from his bonds.
-
-Down the stairs came a man who walked with dignity, but who was followed
-by a wildly excited youth. The youth was Jack Diamond. The man was the
-mysterious Mr. Noname.
-
-“Here he is,” quietly said the Man Without a Name, as he caught sight of
-Frank.
-
-Jack gave a shout of joy and rushed forward.
-
-“Frank, are you alive?”
-
-“Sure thing,” laughed the nervy young American. “But the gendarmes came
-at just the right moment. If they had delayed ten seconds longer, you’d
-have found me with seven large holes in my skin.”
-
-“I brought them here,” said Mr. Noname.
-
-“Then I again owe you my life,” came with genuine thankfulness from
-Merriwell. “The debt is getting pretty heavy, sir.”
-
-“There is no debt. I have told you I am your good genius. You must
-believe me now.”
-
-“I do! I have believed you for some time. But how can I repay you for——”
-
-“There is nothing to be repaid. Some day you shall understand what seems
-so mysterious now.”
-
-Diamond was hastening to set Frank free. The Virginian knew better than
-to question him then and there.
-
-“Thank you,” said Merry, as he stepped away from the pillar, rubbing his
-arms to start the circulation. “This is much better. That position was
-becoming painful.”
-
-“Where are the devils who brought you here?” hissed Jack.
-
-“They took to flight when the gendarmes began hammering at the door up
-there. There was another way out of the cellar, and the officers are
-after them.”
-
-“The officers will not capture them,” announced Mr. Noname. “My mission
-is complete now that you have been saved.”
-
-Frank seized the strange man’s hand and wrung it warmly. A thrill shot
-over him at the touch. It was a most peculiar sensation, and afterward,
-when he thought about it, he wondered much.
-
-“Again I must thank you!” said the young American, with deep feeling. “I
-do not understand how it is that you always arrive in time to save me.”
-
-“There is an unseen tie between us. When you are in danger, I am drawn
-to you by a power which no man may measure. I feel your peril, and I
-hasten to your aid. The stars may fade into endless night, and the sun
-may turn to ashes, but death alone can break the bond between us!”
-
-Strange words, like those that fall from the lips of a person demented,
-and yet they impressed Frank Merriwell. Somehow, he felt that there
-really was a bond that held this man of mystery and himself linked
-together.
-
-“Let’s follow the police!” urged the Virginian. “Let’s help hunt down
-those devils!”
-
-“Stop!”
-
-The command came from the lips of Mr. Noname.
-
-“Let them go,” said the man. “You cannot do any good.”
-
-“Let them go!” panted Jack. “Let them get off after they have nearly
-murdered my friend! Well, I’m not built that way! If I can do anything
-to bring them to justice, you bet I’m going to do it!”
-
-“That is well enough, but you can do nothing.”
-
-“How do you know?”
-
-“I know! The officers will not capture one of them. In a little while,
-they will return here. If Mr. Merriwell is here, they will take him into
-custody, perhaps. They will ask him a hundred questions. They will throw
-a cloud of suspicion over him. They will not believe the story he tells
-them. They will have him shadowed when he is set at liberty, if he is
-set at liberty. In short, they will make life in Paris rather unpleasant
-for him.”
-
-“And you advise—what?”
-
-“That we all get out of here at once, before the officers return.”
-
-“But there are others on guard outside this building,” said Jack.
-
-“I know a way to pass them.”
-
-“He is right,” decided Frank, remembering his unpleasant experience with
-the police. “Come.”
-
-“Just as you say,” said Diamond regretfully; “but I’d like to help mob
-those whelps.”
-
-They mounted the stairs and clambered over the broken door, following
-the Man of Mystery. Above they were in darkness, but he led them on.
-Their feet awoke the echoes of empty rooms and corridors. They passed
-through doors and made many turns. At last they stopped. Barely had they
-done so when, somewhere in the darkness, a voice was distinctly heard to
-say:
-
-“The decree is made, the red star has fallen, and Frank Merriwell is
-doomed to die!”
-
-The words were distinctly spoken, but it was impossible to tell from
-whence they came. Jack Diamond gripped Frank’s arm.
-
-“Do you hear?” he whispered.
-
-A scornful laugh came from Merriwell’s lips.
-
-“I hear,” he said derisively; “but who fears a coward who lurks in the
-darkness and spends his breath in threats! It is nothing.”
-
-Then, once more, the voice spoke:
-
-“The days from the falling of the red star till the time of death are
-ten, and they are passing!”
-
-Immediately Frank cried:
-
-“Before the ten days are over, the last of the assassin band of Black
-Brothers shall meet his just deserts!”
-
-“That is right,” came solemnly from the lips of the Man of Mystery. “The
-end of the brotherhood is near!”
-
-These words were spoken in French, and the Man Without a Name seemed to
-command the language without an accent to mar his pronunciation.
-Following his words, silence reigned in the old building.
-
-“Let’s get out!” muttered Diamond, who feared no enemy he could see, but
-who now felt, despite his courage, a strange chill stealing through his
-veins.
-
-The man who was leading them found and opened a door. When they had
-passed through, he barred the door behind them, and again led them on
-till they stood beneath the open sky. Then, when Frank turned to speak
-to the Mystery, who seemed to have halted to fasten the last door, he
-found the man had vanished. The door was closed, and Mr. Noname was not
-with them!
-
-“Gone!” exclaimed Frank.
-
-“Where?” gasped Jack.
-
-Merry tried the door, but it would not move.
-
-“That must explain it,” he said. “He stepped back through that door, and
-closed it behind him.”
-
-“What for?”
-
-“You know as well as I.”
-
-“Don’t say that! This whole affair is a mystery to me. I do not
-understand any part of it. You have puzzled me for days by your strange
-actions. I knew something was going wrong. To-night, when I could stand
-it no longer, I left the hotel, meaning to walk and think. Almost
-immediately I ran upon this man who is known as Mr. Noname. He told me
-you were in great peril. How did he know that?”
-
-“How does he know about so many things? You can answer the question
-quite as well as I.”
-
-“He led me here, and we found the officers ready to break in. It seemed
-that he had told them of your peril, and informed them where to find
-you. He showed them how to enter the building and reach the door at the
-head of the cellar stairs. Why, he seems to know almost everything!”
-
-“He is a marvel,” said Frank. “Whoever and whatever he is, I owe him my
-life several times over. I shall not forget that.”
-
-“Why doesn’t he come out and tell us who he is? Why does he act in such
-a remarkable manner?”
-
-“You can ask a hundred questions about him that I cannot answer. The
-only thing of which I am absolutely certain is that he is my friend.”
-
-“Are you absolutely certain of that?”
-
-“Of course I am! Why do you ask such a question?”
-
-“Because I do not believe you can be certain of anything in connection
-with that man.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“Something tells me he is crazy, and a crazy man cannot be trusted.”
-
-“I have every reason to believe he may be trusted fully and completely,
-and I shall continue to trust him.”
-
-“Of course you will do as you like about it, Frank.”
-
-To this Merry said nothing in reply, and the two young Americans made
-haste to get away from that vicinity. Not far away they found a Jew’s
-shop, where Merry procured a coat and hat.
-
-On the way to the hotel, Jack said:
-
-“Don’t you think it is about time to trust me, Frank?”
-
-“I do trust you, old man.”
-
-“You are wrong.”
-
-“How?”
-
-“You have not trusted me of late.”
-
-“In what way?”
-
-“You have had a secret from me. You cannot deny me.”
-
-“Even that is not proof that I do not trust you.”
-
-“Then you confess you have had a secret?” cried the Virginian eagerly.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“I knew it!”
-
-“But it has been a secret from all my friends, as well as you.”
-
-“Still you did not dare to trust me!” came reproachfully from Diamond’s
-lips.
-
-“That was not my reason for keeping the secret from you, Jack.”
-
-“Wasn’t?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“What was the reason, then?”
-
-“I was pledged to secrecy. I had promised to keep it for a time, and you
-know Frank Merriwell never breaks his word.”
-
-“I know that, old man, but——”
-
-“Come into this theater, Jack, and I will tell you all about it.”
-
-They had reached the brilliantly lighted Champs-Élysées, where the
-theaters were in full blast, even at that hour. The sound of music and
-singing came from the tree-bowered region beyond the archway of a door,
-and Diamond followed Merry to the ticket-office. Frank purchased
-tickets, and they passed through into the garden, where hundreds of
-people were seated beneath the trees, gathered in groups around little
-tables, drinking cooling beverages, chatting, laughing, and seeming to
-pay very little heed to the singer on the distant stage. A breath of
-cool air, the scent of flowers, and the tinkle of water fountains added
-to the charm of the place. The shadows were above the trees, which shut
-off the electric lights from the sky. The boys had visited this
-particular café-chantant before, and they soon found a table where they
-could sit and talk without disturbing anybody. The orchestra sawed away
-when the singer had retired, and then two black-face “comedians” came
-out with banjos, and prepared to inflict a “turn” on the unresenting
-spectators.
-
-“Just like a roof-garden act in New York,” said Frank. “I’ll guarantee
-those gentlemen will spring the same old gags, done over into French,
-and half the jokes will be robbed of their points because of the
-translation.”
-
-“Well, we didn’t come here to listen to them,” said the eager and
-impatient Southerner. “You were going to tell me something, Merry.”
-
-“Yes,” nodded Frank, as he ordered two lemonades from a waiter, “I feel
-free now to tell you the whole story, for the metal ball is no longer in
-my possession.”
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI.
-
- FRANK AND JACK.
-
-
-“What are you talking about?” asked Jack, in a puzzled way. “Frank, has
-anything gone wrong with your brain?”
-
-“I think not,” smiled Merry quietly.
-
-“But you have acted so strangely! This is not the first time you have
-spoken of the metal ball, the blood-red star——”
-
-“Which you saw fall before me, and which I have here.”
-
-Frank took the crimson star from his pocket and placed it on the table
-before them.
-
-“It is the sign of death!” he said. “It came from the Black Brothers,
-from whose hands I was saved this night. There are seven of the
-brothers, and there are seven points to the star.”
-
-Diamond gave himself a shake.
-
-“Come, come, Merriwell!” he exclaimed. “What sort of rot is this? Excuse
-me for using the word ‘rot,’ but no other word seems appropriate. It is
-like a chapter from a sensational story. You haven’t been reading French
-detective novels till they have turned your brain, have you?”
-
-“Nothing of the sort, Diamond,” replied Frank calmly. “I know it seems
-most remarkable, and I do not wonder you think it crazy nonsense. I
-remember that I thought Edmond Laforce insane.”
-
-“Who is Edmond Laforce?”
-
-“He is, or was, the Duke of Benoit du Sault.”
-
-“But he is dead.”
-
-“Yes, murdered in his bed by the Black Brothers!”
-
-“Nonsense! He died in a perfectly natural manner, of heart failure.”
-
-“All men die of heart failure, but there was a cause for the death of
-Edmond Laforce. A star exactly like this one before us had fallen into
-his hands, and he was doomed to death. He knew it. He knew his time was
-limited to ten days.”
-
-“Why was this?”
-
-“Because he was doing everything in his power to save Dreyfus from
-Devil’s Island. Because, through his work, he had become dangerous to
-the existence of the Anti-Dreyfus League.”
-
-“The Anti-Dreyfus League? Is there such an organization?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Is it the same as the Black Brothers?”
-
-“No. The Black Brothers are simply the executioners of the great and
-powerful league, which contains some of the wealthiest and most
-influential men in France. The league is sworn to hold poor Dreyfus on
-his prison island. I have learned that not all the members of the league
-are aware, that there is a band of assassins connected with the
-organization. The league is like a secret order. A man may join it, and
-yet he may never be initiated into its deeper mysteries. He may join it
-by simply pledging himself to use all ‘honorable’ means to keep Dreyfus
-on that island. That is the first degree. There are other degrees, and
-only the right ones to take them are advanced. When a man takes the
-highest degree, he pledges himself, in case of necessity, to commit
-murder to perpetuate the imprisonment of Dreyfus. When he has taken this
-degree, he knows all about the Black Brothers, but those who have never
-advanced beyond the lower degrees know nothing of the connection of the
-league with the seven assassins. They furnish money to be used in the
-work of ‘honorably’ keeping Dreyfus on the island, and are quite unaware
-that much of that money goes to pay the assassins in black.”
-
-Jack Diamond listened with increasing astonishment.
-
-“And do you mean to tell me that such things can be here in France?” he
-cried.
-
-“Are such things so very strange? You must not forget that it was here
-the Commune existed. It was here the bloodiest revolution of history
-took place. These streets have run red with human blood!”
-
-“But it seems so calm, so peaceful now! There seems no hint of anything
-wrong.”
-
-“The calm is all on the surface. The French people are peculiar. At any
-moment the storm may break forth. The men who seem so calm and happy at
-one moment, in another instant may turn to wrangling, raging,
-bloodthirsty demons. You cannot measure a Frenchman by the standard of
-an American. They are different, the same as an American differs from an
-Englishman.”
-
-“But how did you learn so much about this league?”
-
-“Since the day the red star fell before me, I have been doing my best to
-hunt down the Black Brothers, and gradually I have learned the things
-just told you.”
-
-“But this star, Merry, is——”
-
-“The sign the Black Brothers give one who has been doomed to die by the
-death council of the league.”
-
-“And you are one?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Why?”
-
-“Because the Duke of Benoit du Sault gave me the metal ball, which he
-said contained something that might help prove the innocence of
-Dreyfus.”
-
-“When did he give you this?”
-
-“The very night of his death. I met him in the Place de l’Opera. He had
-been seized by strange pains in his heart, and I assisted him to a seat
-by a table before the Café de la Paix. Those pains alarmed him. It was
-the tenth day after he had received the red star. He thought he might be
-dying, and, finding I was an American and in full sympathy with Dreyfus,
-he entrusted me with the metal ball, pledging me to secrecy, and making
-me promise to defend it with my life, till a person with the proper
-signal called for it. My promise of silence has caused me to keep still,
-and has given you an opportunity to say I did not trust you.”
-
-Diamond had been intensely interested all along, but now he was athrob
-with excitement.
-
-“But you are telling me now!” he exclaimed. “The metal ball—where is
-it?”
-
-“Gone.”
-
-“Gone?”
-
-“Yes. I am released from my pledge.”
-
-“You delivered it into the proper hands?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“What then?”
-
-“The Black Brothers took it from me.”
-
-“Then they obtained the precious secret that was to liberate Dreyfus?”
-
-“Nothing of the sort.”
-
-“They did not?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“I fancied the secret would become theirs till I saw the chief of the
-seven open the ball before me, as I stood bound and helpless, with my
-back against that stone pillar.”
-
-“What did it contain?”
-
-“Nothing.”
-
-Jack fell back in his chair.
-
-“It was——”
-
-“Empty,” nodded Frank.
-
-After a little the Virginian eagerly asked:
-
-“How was that? Explain it!”
-
-“I cannot. All I know is that the hollow metal ball which had caused me
-so much trouble was perfectly empty. The Black Brothers were infuriated
-at the discovery, and my death was set to occur at once. They drew their
-swords and were ready to run them through my body when the first blow
-fell on the door at the head of the stairs and the officers demanded
-admittance.”
-
-Jack was silent, thinking of the wonderful things he had heard.
-
-“I have no doubt but the story seems almost beyond belief,” said Frank;
-“but you came with Mr. Noname and found me in the cellar. You know I did
-not tie myself to that post. Here is the red star, which is the sign of
-death. The metal ball I cannot show you, as that has passed beyond my
-possession.”
-
-“Good heavens! What are you going to do, Frank? Why don’t you get out of
-Paris and out of France?”
-
-A grim look came to Merry’s face.
-
-“Do you advise me to run away?” he asked. “Would that be manly?”
-
-“Manly! Merciful goodness! do you think you can defend your life against
-the powerful Anti-Dreyfus League and its tools, the Black Brothers? This
-Dreyfus affair is nothing to you.”
-
-“You are wrong!”
-
-“How?”
-
-“It is something to every man who loves liberty and justice!”
-
-“But you cannot be willing to sacrifice your life in the cause. It is
-not required of you. There are others who may do that.”
-
-“The existence of the league is well known; before I leave France I am
-going to try to show that the seven assassins in black are connected
-with the league. If I can do that, it may be that the league will go to
-pieces, for the decent ones in the lower degrees, who know nothing of
-its connection with murderers, may withdraw and denounce it.”
-
-“And, in the meantime, you may follow other victims of the Black
-Brothers! It is horrible to think of! But the papers said the Duke of
-Benoit du Sault died a natural death.”
-
-“Because they did not know any better. He was murdered!”
-
-“How?”
-
-“That is yet a mystery. I have thought much about it. I remember that he
-told me of an encounter with a bold woman of the streets. When he
-repulsed her, she struck him with a pin, inflicting a wound on his left
-wrist. That was bleeding when he was attacked by the pains. I remember
-that, from his manner, it seemed that the pains shot up his arm.”
-
-“Then you think the wound on his wrist may have——Oh, pshaw! That must be
-nonsense, Frank! That could not have killed him. Those pains were
-brought on by the excitement of the encounter with the woman. His heart
-had been wrong all along, and it failed him that night.”
-
-“Still,” said Frank Merriwell, “you must admit it is most singular that
-that night was the tenth one after he received a star exactly like this
-blood-red one I hold in my hand.”
-
-Diamond was more deeply impressed than he wished to acknowledge. He did
-not wish to believe that Merry, his friend, had been selected as a
-victim by the dreaded Black Brothers.
-
-He had been with Frank when the red star fell on Merry’s plate one day
-at a queer little restaurant, where they were taking lunch. At the time
-he observed the remarkable change that came over his friend, who, having
-been gay and light-hearted, suddenly grew sober and stern. Jack thought
-about this now. He thought of other things which had seemed so
-mysterious to him, and he did not wonder at Merry’s strange acts. Still,
-it was most remarkable that Frank, a stranger and a foreigner, had been
-drawn into the affair.
-
-Jack’s sympathy was with the unfortunate prisoner of Devil’s Island,
-believing Dreyfus had been unfairly and unjustly condemned, but,
-hot-blooded though he was, he felt certain he would have a care not to
-permit himself to become involved as Frank had been. But Diamond was not
-one to reproach a friend, or to desert him in the hour of trouble. He
-was ready to stand by Frank through any peril.
-
-That Frank was in great peril he could no longer doubt. That Frank had
-been condemned to die by the Anti-Dreyfus League was apparent. Jack’s
-soul rebelled at the thought that such a thing could be in a city like
-Paris. And it was terrible to fancy that Merry might come to his end as
-had the Duke of Benoit du Sault, without a single mark being left on his
-body to tell how his death had been accomplished.
-
-Jack leaned across the table and spoke earnestly.
-
-“Why should you stay here in Paris, Frank, and wait for those murderous
-wretches to accomplish their dastardly work? Why don’t you get out?
-There is nothing to keep us here. In fact, I am beginning to feel that I
-have seen enough of this place.”
-
-“And it was only yesterday,” retorted Frank, with a smile, “that you
-said you could live a year in Paris without getting tired.”
-
-“Did I say that?”
-
-“Sure.”
-
-“Well, I’ve changed my mind. If you were fighting an enemy like Harris
-or Brattle, it would be different. By the way, where is Brattle?”
-
-“You tell.”
-
-“He has disappeared.”
-
-“Completely.”
-
-“Perhaps he is connected with the very ones who are doing their best to
-snuff you out.”
-
-“Not likely. They would not trust him.”
-
-“And yet he may have aided to throw suspicion on you.”
-
-“It is possible, but does not seem probable.”
-
-Frank Merriwell sipped his lemonade, which had been served, seeming cool
-and unconcerned, as if deadly danger had never visited him in all his
-life. The black-face comedians had retired, and there was a sudden burst
-of applause, as a popular chanteuse appeared. She began to sing, and the
-young Americans resumed their conversation.
-
-“I do not feel like running away now,” said Merry grimly.
-
-“You know the old saying,” muttered Jack: “‘He who fights and runs
-away,’ etc.”
-
-“I know, but there is no reason why I should run. I can do the
-anti-Dreyfus men no harm now.”
-
-“Perhaps they do not know that. Your sympathy is with Dreyfus?”
-
-“Yes. I believe he was unjustly condemned. I believe everything points
-to Esterhazy as the guilty man.”
-
-“But the _bordereau_, the paper which convicted him——”
-
-“Was forged by Esterhazy, I firmly believe. Of late, everything has
-tended to prove that. There was no real reason why Dreyfus should have
-acted as a traitor. It could not have been from anger or disappointment,
-as he had the finest prospects of an excellent military career.”
-
-“And Esterhazy——”
-
-“Always an adventurer and a soldier of fortune, always begging money
-from the money-lenders, always extravagant and dissolute, there were
-many reasons why he might have been guilty. Letters of his, which he
-cannot deny, and in which he abused France unmercifully, have been
-found. Those letters are in the possession of the friends of Dreyfus,
-and will be used at the proper time.”
-
-“But it has been claimed that Dreyfus was dissolute, that he was a
-gambler, and an associate of the low and vicious.”
-
-“It has been claimed, but it has not been proven. Instead, in many
-instances, it has been shown conclusively that such charges against him
-were utterly false. It has been shown that others by the name of Dreyfus
-have been confounded with him. I do not suppose he was a man without
-faults, but those faults and failings make his unjust and cruel
-condemnation none the less horrible.”
-
-“You feel strongly about this, Frank.”
-
-“I do! I confess it. And I feel more strongly now than ever before. I
-feel like going into this thing deeply, but it now seems that I have
-done everything in my power, and that has proved to be—nothing!”
-
-“Have you other reasons to believe Dreyfus innocent?”
-
-“Yes. It has been shown that he was not even aware of some of the
-secrets given away in the forged papers. He had not been placed in
-position to acquire the knowledge contained in those papers. The
-dastards who sought his ruin incorporated in the papers what they
-thought he knew, but they were wrong.”
-
-“This being the case, how is it possible to hold him longer on Devil’s
-Island without a fair and open trial?”
-
-“In America or England it would not be possible. In France it is
-different. He is a Jew, and you see the powerful feeling that has been
-aroused against the Jews. He was condemned by the army, and it is a
-firmly entrenched belief in this country that the army can do no wrong.
-To give him another trial now, at which he might be able to clear
-himself fully, would be to confess that there was a possible doubt in
-the matter. That, it is said, would throw discredit on the army. If he
-were to be shown innocent, it might bring on a revolution.”
-
-“And so they are going to let an innocent man rot on Devil’s Island
-rather than give him justice and confess that a terrible wrong has been
-done?”
-
-“You must remember that it is ‘for the honor of France!’”
-
-“It is the dishonor of France!” exclaimed Diamond hotly. “It means the
-eternal disgrace of France!”
-
-“The day must come when the whole truth will be known.”
-
-In this speech Frank was prophetic. The day did come when the whole
-wretched conspiracy came to light, and the unfortunate Dreyfus was
-publicly proclaimed innocent.
-
-“So much the worse for France if Dreyfus dies on that island.”
-
-“You are getting warm over it, Jack,” laughed Merry.
-
-“A trifle,” confessed the Virginian. “Who wouldn’t?”
-
-“It is enough to warm up almost anybody,” agreed Frank. “I think you
-begin to understand how I feel. And you must see why I guarded that ball
-with my very life.”
-
-“But that contained nothing.”
-
-“When it was opened it contained nothing. I believe there was a time
-when it contained a paper that would have aided in proving Dreyfus
-innocent.”
-
-There was a low, musical laugh near at hand, and a voice spoke in
-French, saying:
-
-“Messieurs, you are so eager, so earnest! I wonder what it can be you
-talk of so animatedly? It cannot be of Mademoiselle Held, for you have
-scarcely glanced toward the stage. Yet I’ll wager I can read the truth
-in your faces and tell you your very thoughts.”
-
-A woman, slender, supple, graceful, attired in airy evening-dress, with
-a mask hiding the upper part of her face, stood beside the table.
-Without being invited, she sat down there.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII.
-
- MADEMOISELLE NAMELESS.
-
-
-Both lads were surprised, not to say startled. She saw this plainly, and
-laughed softly, fluttering a jeweled fan.
-
-“You are Americans,” she said positively. “You are not accustomed to
-some things you find in Paris.”
-
-“That is very true,” murmured Jack Diamond, a frown on his face.
-
-Frank lay back in his chair and studied the woman. He saw she had a
-beautiful neck and chin, while there was something strangely fascinating
-about the eyes seen through the twin holes in the mask. They were
-coal-black, like her hair, and seemed forever in motion. When the
-woman’s lips parted, she showed two rows of pearly teeth.
-
-“How do you think I know you are Americans?” she asked.
-
-“Give it up,” said Diamond.
-
-“I know—I read it in your face. I can read other things there. I read
-that you are friends—very great friends.”
-
-“Astonishing!” said Jack, with mild sarcasm, while Frank continued to
-keep silent.
-
-The woman turned on Merry.
-
-“You are so still all at once! You suspect something—me? Ha! ha! ha!
-Because I wear this mask? Oh, no, no! Why, I can do that here. No one
-minds it. They know me. I tell them their fortunes. All have heard me.
-You want me to tell your fortune—yes?”
-
-She leaned forward, seeming to peer more closely into Frank’s face.
-
-“Your past is all written there,” she declared. “I see it plain. In
-America, though young, already you are famous. It is wonderful! No man
-as young as you has ever become so famous in America. You are known all
-over the land, and there all young men long to be like you.”
-
-Frank smiled.
-
-“I fear you are given to exaggeration and flattery,” he said.
-
-She shook her head.
-
-“I speak the truth as I read it. Is it not true?”
-
-She turned in her appeal to Jack. The Virginian remembered how famous
-Frank had become in a short time, and he said:
-
-“To some extent it is true, but it’s an easy guess.”
-
-The woman shrugged her shapely shoulders and fluttered her fan.
-
-“Oh, not so easy!” she exclaimed. “I have but begun. When I am done, say
-I am an impostor—if you can.”
-
-“I beg your pardon,” came quietly from Frank; “I must tell you honestly
-that I take no stock in the mummery of fortune-telling. I do not wish to
-seem rude, but you are interrupting——”
-
-“I know; still you will thank me when I am done. I am going to tell you
-of the terrible dangers you have been in, of the deadly perils to come,
-and how you may escape them. This night you have been in danger! This
-night you have been close to death! You escaped by a miracle.”
-
-“Where were you that you learned so much?”
-
-“I read it in your face, but the stars tell me many things. To-night the
-stars have told me of you, Frank Merriwell.”
-
-She knew his name!
-
-Frank’s interest increased swiftly, and she laughed as she saw it.
-
-“I knew you would listen,” she declared. “No one refuses to listen to
-me.”
-
-“You must have been listening to our conversation,” said Diamond.
-
-Again she shrugged her shoulders.
-
-“I do not need to do that. I heard some words just when I came up. I
-heard you speak of Dreyfus, the traitor. But I did not need that to tell
-me you were interested in him. You hope to see him free again.”
-
-“As hope thousands of good citizens of France.”
-
-“No; they are not good citizens! But why argue! It was not for that I
-sat here. I was tired, and I needed amusement. It would amuse me to
-astonish you by reading your fortune. Monsieur Merriwell was warned of
-his danger. He might have escaped it, but he chose not to do so. He came
-near losing his life. If he heeds not the warning he has received, he
-will yet lose his life.”
-
-“How do you know so much?” cried Jack.
-
-“You must be connected with the Anti-Dreyfus League,” muttered Frank.
-
-She shook her head.
-
-“It is not well for a foreigner to come to France and have so much
-knowledge. It is not fortunate for him if he meets wrong ones and takes
-too much interest in Dreyfus, the Jew. It may be thought he has come to
-France for that very reason, and then his peril shall be great, for
-hundreds of good men have sworn to protect the honor of France with
-their very lives.”
-
-“Who are you that knows so much?” asked Frank sharply.
-
-“I am called Mademoiselle Nameless.”
-
-“Nameless?” muttered Jack, instantly thinking of the man who called
-himself “Mr. Noname.”
-
-“Yes, I am called that, and it is enough for you to know me by that
-name.”
-
-“Why do you refuse to tell us your true name?” asked Merry.
-
-“My true name is something I tell nobody.”
-
-“Then remove your mask and show your face.”
-
-She drew back.
-
-“If I see fit to warn you of your great danger, and still keep my face
-concealed, I have a right.”
-
-“You cannot explain how it is you know so much.”
-
-“The stars conceal nothing from Mademoiselle Nameless.”
-
-“You cannot make a level-headed American take stock in such trash.”
-
-“It matters little. You must know I have told you nothing but the truth.
-There is but one thing for you to do, Frank Merriwell. You have been
-marked for death, and there is but one way to escape.”
-
-“How is that?”
-
-“Abandon everything and fly from France without delay.”
-
-“Like a cowardly cur!” exclaimed Merry. “No, thank you!”
-
-“Beware!”
-
-“If I am murdered, it will simply be another human life added to the
-list set against the wretches who are exerting every power to keep an
-innocent man on Devil’s Island. I know all about the time-limit, and I
-have yet several days left before the murderous band will carry their
-threat into full execution.”
-
-“You cannot be sure of that.”
-
-“It has been thus with others.”
-
-“But you have lifted your hands against those who seek to protect the
-honor of France.”
-
-“I’ve simply tried to expose the human whelps who seek to murder me!”
-
-“It is enough. By that you have added to the peril that besets you. At
-any time destruction may swoop down upon you. Heed my warning. Fly from
-France!”
-
-“Oh, I rather think you are making this thing much worse than it really
-is.”
-
-“Not the least.”
-
-“If I am slain by the Black Brothers, I have friends who will take my
-place in the work of hunting the dastardly band down.”
-
-“There will be no proof that you are slain by them. Remember how others
-have fallen. There were no marks of violence on them. The thought should
-chill your heart with terror. I tell you to go, Monsieur Merriwell. I
-beg you to go. It is your only way to escape death. You must listen to
-me.”
-
-She leaned on the table, all eagerness and excitement, her eyes dancing.
-Somehow those eyes made Frank think of a snake. They seemed to fascinate
-him.
-
-“Tell me why you are so eager for me to go?” he asked.
-
-“I cannot tell you, save that I am earnest, for I know what it means to
-you. Promise me you will drop this Dreyfus affair and leave the country.
-If you do that, your life may be spared. If you do not promise, your
-doom is sealed, and death may swoop down on you at any moment.”
-
-“It is remarkable that you should know so much about me, a stranger, and
-take so much interest in me. I believe you must somehow get close to the
-Black Brothers. Can you deny it?”
-
-“I deny nothing!” she proudly cried. “You may think what you like! I
-have warned you. Once, for the last time, I tell you your doom is
-sealed!”
-
-She had closed her fan, and now she leaned across the table, reaching as
-if she would tap Frank on the wrist with it, by the way of emphasis. It
-was his left wrist she attempted to touch with the fan.
-
-And he had no warning thrill to tell him of the frightful peril that was
-so near.
-
-A hand came down over the woman’s shoulder, grasped her wrist, held it!
-Another hand snatched that fan from her grasp before it had touched
-Frank Merriwell!
-
-“Even the rattlesnake gives warning before striking!” said a deep,
-well-known voice.
-
-“Mr. Noname!” exclaimed Frank.
-
-It was the Mystery who had suddenly appeared and snatched the fan from
-the woman’s hand.
-
-“Mr. Noname and Mademoiselle Nameless!” murmured Jack Diamond, looking
-from one to the other. “Which is the greater mystery?”
-
-The woman had fallen back in her chair, and she was staring at the
-Mystery through the twin holes in her sable mask, her bosom rising and
-falling tumultuously. The Man Without a Name fixed her with a steady,
-piercing, accusing look. There was horror and condemnation in his gaze,
-and she seemed to feel it.
-
-“When the enemies of Dreyfus are forced to get a woman to do their
-wretched work of murder, they have fallen pretty low!” said the man,
-with deep contempt.
-
-“Murder?” came from Frank.
-
-“What does he mean?” gasped Jack.
-
-The woman seemed to force a laugh from her lips, which had grown
-colorless beneath their rouge.
-
-“What are you talking about, you old fool?” she exclaimed, rather
-coarsely. “You are crazy! You should be incarcerated in an asylum, and
-not permitted to run around here and frighten folks with your wild
-babble.”
-
-Mr. Noname drew himself up, speaking quietly, so that he did not seem to
-be saying anything unusual. In fact, everything that had taken place at
-that table had occurred so quietly that those at the tables in the
-immediate vicinity were not aware anything out of the ordinary was
-happening.
-
-“Others whom I have exposed in their deviltry have tried to make the
-public believe me insane,” said Mr. Noname. “They have not been
-successful, for always have I proved everything I have charged against
-them. You, woman with the hidden face, I charge with an attempt at
-murder!”
-
-Again she forced that scornful laugh.
-
-“Gentlemen,” she said, turning to Merry and Diamond, “will you be good
-enough to call a waiter. I wish to enter complaint against this crazy
-man.”
-
-“Call a waiter,” said Mr. Noname. “I will call one for you.”
-
-He did so, making a signal which caused one of the waiters to approach.
-
-“Now enter your complaint!” said the Mystery, in a low, cold tone of
-voice, his eyes fixed on the woman; “but remember that I have this fan
-in my possession.”
-
-The waiter came up, and asked what was wanted.
-
-“The lady requested that you be summoned,” said Mr. Noname. “She is the
-one who wants you.”
-
-The waiter turned toward her inquiringly. She hesitated, while Mr.
-Noname regarded her in grim, unbroken silence. All at once she laughed.
-Then she ordered absinthe for herself, and told the waiter to bring any
-drinks the others might wish.
-
-The waiter looked to the others for orders, but received none. He
-departed.
-
-“Oh, why do you stare at me like that, old man?” cried the masked woman.
-
-“I stare at you because I can see beneath that mask; I can see beneath
-the flesh that covers your bones; I can see the grinning death-head you
-carry on your shoulders!”
-
-“How terrible! You would do well at frightening children. Why, you would
-be as good as a jack-in-the-box! Give me back my fan.”
-
-“No.”
-
-“You will not?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“It belongs to me. You have no right to take it! Give it back!”
-
-“No.”
-
-The Man of Mystery was perfectly calm and determined in his refusal.
-Frank and Jack looked on wonderingly. The woman turned swiftly on Frank
-Merriwell.
-
-“I appeal to you!” she cried. “You are a gentleman. Will you see me
-insulted and robbed of my fan in such a manner?”
-
-“You do well to appeal to one you were about to strike like a snake!”
-said Mr. Noname, with a sneer. “A few moments ago you thought to destroy
-him, and now you appeal to him to protect you from insult! You do well!”
-
-“He is mad!” gasped the woman.
-
-“She knows I speak the truth,” spoke the Mystery. “She cannot deny it.”
-
-“I do deny it!”
-
-“Indeed! I can prove every word I have spoken.”
-
-“You can prove nothing! Who will believe anything you may say, old fool!
-Give me that fan!”
-
-She reached for it in a commanding manner. He leaned forward, as if to
-comply, but made a sudden motion, as if he would tap her on the wrist
-with the fan, as she had been about to tap Frank Merriwell when it was
-snatched from her hand. She jerked her hand back, with a low cry of
-terror!
-
-Although the face of Mr. Noname remained as stern and grave as that of a
-stone image, a sound like a scornful, triumphant laugh escaped his lips.
-
-“It’s all I ask,” he said. “Just hold out your wrist and permit me to
-tap you lightly with this fan.”
-
-She made no move to do so.
-
-“If you will do that,” said the man, “I’ll promise to restore the fan to
-you instantly.”
-
-Still she sat silent. The waiter came with the drink she had ordered.
-She threw a piece of money on the table, then caught up the glass and
-swiftly swallowed its contents.
-
-Immediately she seemed to recover her nerve.
-
-“You can see that he is crazy, Monsieur Merriwell,” she said to Frank.
-“No one but a crazy man would make such a proposition.”
-
-“You attempted to tap Frank Merriwell on the wrist with this fan, which
-you held in a peculiar manner. All I ask before restoring it to you is
-that I may tap you on the wrist in like manner.”
-
-“The desire of an insane person!” she declared.
-
-To Jack Diamond it seemed that she was right, but something told Frank
-Merriwell that Mr. Noname knew very well what he was about.
-
-The Man of Mystery said:
-
-“I presume you have heard that it is best to humor the insane in any
-little whims they may have. That being the case, why not humor me now.
-It is a simple thing I ask, and entirely harmless, of course. Why not
-permit me to tap you on the wrist with this fan, Mademoiselle Nameless,
-as you call yourself?”
-
-“Because I do not choose to do so.”
-
-“Because you know such a blow would be followed by death, swift, sure,
-and certain!” declared the Mystery fiercely. “Because you know the end
-of your life would come as came the end of the miserable wretches
-condemned by the Anti-Dreyfus League. Because you know the poison would
-be injected into your veins, and in a few hours it would reach a vital
-spot!”
-
-“Look out for him!” cried the woman. “He is about to become violent!”
-
-“This fan is a deadly instrument!” continued the strange old man. “Had
-you tapped Frank Merriwell with it, no power on earth could have saved
-him from death!”
-
-She sprang up with a scream that attracted attention.
-
-“He is mad!” she cried, pointing at Mr. Noname. “You can see it in his
-eyes! He is about to attack me! Help! help!”
-
-She turned to flee, and the man reached out to grasp her. In a moment
-there was a great commotion in the theater. Two or three men leaped
-between the woman and Mr. Noname, offering her protection. But she
-waited for nothing. With all haste, she made her escape.
-
-“It is too bad for her to get away like that,” said the Man of Mystery,
-sitting down quietly at the table.
-
-The men turned to look at him. Some of them were threatening, some
-talked of having him arrested. He paid not the slightest attention to
-them, apparently, but he leaned across the table and spoke to Jack and
-Frank in a low tone of voice.
-
-This is what he said:
-
-“These men are members of the highest degree in the Anti-Dreyfus League!
-They are sworn to commit murder, if needs be, to keep the prisoner of
-Devil’s Island safe in his cage of iron!”
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII.
-
- THE DEADLY FAN.
-
-
-Both Frank and Jack were startled to know that some of the men of the
-league of which they had been speaking before the appearance of the
-strange woman were so near. Instantly Merriwell understood how it was
-that the woman had known so well what they had been talking about.
-Although those men had seemed to pay little or no attention to the two
-young Americans, it was almost certain that some of them had been
-listening attentively to the words which fell from the lips of Frank and
-Jack.
-
-Now these men scowled blackly at the Man of Mystery, speaking rapidly to
-each other in French. Every word was understood by Frank, and he knew
-they were talking of having Mr. Noname arrested and shut up till his
-insanity could be determined.
-
-“You are in danger, sir,” said Merry, speaking to the strange man.
-
-“Not the least,” was the quiet declaration.
-
-“You hear what they are saying?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“They talk of having you arrested.”
-
-“But they will not do it.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“Because they do not dare.”
-
-“Do not dare?”
-
-“No. They realize that I know too much about them. The only danger is
-that one of them may drive a knife into my back as I sit here.”
-
-Although he said there was such danger, the Mystery paid not the
-slightest attention to the men behind him. He sat there as if he felt
-himself quite secure from harm. Frank believed this was a display of
-courage, and he admired the man for it.
-
-Jack Diamond was somewhat bewildered. At last he began to understand the
-full extent of the peril which beset Frank Merriwell, even though he
-could not see why harm could have come to Frank if the woman had carried
-out her intention of tapping him on the wrist with her fan. The men
-about continued to threaten. Mr. Noname spoke in a calm tone of voice,
-which was loud enough for them to hear.
-
-“The day that I am arrested I will make an exposure that will startle
-all France. I know the names of the men who are behind the work that is
-being done. I can tell their methods of work. If I speak, Dreyfus will
-leave Devil’s Island within a month!”
-
-“Hush!” whispered Jack. “Yow are drawing terrible danger on yourself!
-You will be the next man doomed by the league!”
-
-The unsmiling face of Mr. Noname expressed a great deal.
-
-“They may pronounce my doom, but no earthly power can cut short the
-thread of my life till my work is complete. I fear them not. However,
-they may well beware of me. I am not here to meddle in their affairs,
-but I am the guardian angel of Frank Merriwell, and woe to them if harm
-comes to him!”
-
-The Frenchmen could not help hearing all this. They muttered among
-themselves, standing in a group. The entertainment continued on the
-stage, but the hour was late, and soon the theater would close for the
-night. There was to be but one “turn” more. Some of the men went away.
-Three of them sat down at a table, from which some women had departed.
-They talked in low tones, occasionally glancing toward the trio at the
-adjoining table.
-
-“They have left three on guard,” said the Mystery, although he had not
-turned his head, and it was impossible to tell how he knew this. “We
-shall be watched. They will shadow you to-night, Frank Merriwell, and
-you must have a care. They are desperate now, and it is impossible to
-tell when or how you may be struck.”
-
-“But I have yet four days of the ten days of grace.”
-
-“You have nothing!”
-
-“How is that? Ten days always expire between the falling of the red star
-and the death of the doomed one.”
-
-“That may be true in the past.”
-
-“But now——”
-
-“You are not certain of another hour!”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“Why not! You know that this night the Black Brothers would have
-destroyed you but for the coming of the police!”
-
-“That was because they had me in their power, and they were enraged by
-their failure to find in my possession what they sought.”
-
-“That may have been the reason, then. It is probable that they believe
-you still have the missing paper in your possession.”
-
-“Which I have not.”
-
-“They do not know that; you could not make them believe it.”
-
-“And so——”
-
-“It is plain they have decided to cut you off without delay. The masked
-woman was sent here to do that.”
-
-“How could she do it?”
-
-“She attempted it!”
-
-“Tell me how.”
-
-“With this fan!”
-
-“That fan? Why, she simply sought to tap me on the wrist with it.”
-
-“That would have been enough.”
-
-“You talk in riddles. Make yourself plain.”
-
-“Indeed, he talks like a madman!” thought Diamond.
-
-“With this very fan more than one victim of the league has been
-destroyed!” asserted the Man of Mystery.
-
-Frank restrained any impatience he may have felt, although the man
-seemed beating about the bush in a baffling manner.
-
-“How could that be?” he asked.
-
-“You know in what peculiar manner the victims have died. On none of them
-has been found a mark of violence.”
-
-“I know.”
-
-“Yet you have believed they were murdered?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“That being the case, the crime must have been carried out in a
-remarkable manner.”
-
-“Of course.”
-
-“I took no interest in the Anti-Dreyfus League and the Black Brothers
-till I discovered that you had become involved, through your meeting
-with Edmond Laforce, the Duke of Benoit du Sault. Immediately on
-learning that, I began my investigations, and I have learned many
-startling things. How I learned them, it matters not. Let it suffice to
-say that I have ways of obtaining knowledge—ways unknown to other men.
-You did not know I was near, to guard you, when you were in great
-peril.”
-
-“No; I thought you had disappeared completely, along with Martin
-Brattle.”
-
-“Brattle has disappeared, but he will turn up again, if you remain here
-long enough.”
-
-“Do you know where he has gone?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Where?”
-
-“To London.”
-
-Frank started.
-
-“To London?” he cried. “Why has he gone there?”
-
-“Elsie Bellwood is there.”
-
-“And he—the dastardly wretch!—he has gone there to—to——”
-
-“Have no fear; he will not accomplish his purpose.”
-
-“Why not? How do you know?”
-
-“Because I have sent one of my agents to London.”
-
-“One of your agents?”
-
-“Yes. I have many agents, for I have plenty of money to hire shrewd men
-to work for me. I enjoy spending my money. I have more than a score of
-men in my employ here in Paris, and they are shrewd men, too.”
-
-A light began to dawn on Frank Merriwell. If Mr. Noname spoke the truth,
-it showed how he became possessed of so much astonishing information.
-With a score of spies in his employ, he could pry into affairs which
-would be sealed to the efforts of a single individual. But Merry was
-thinking of Elsie Bellwood, and her danger, if Martin Brattle had
-returned to London.
-
-The Man Without a Name seemed to read his thoughts, for he said:
-
-“Fear not. I sent one of my most trusted agents along with Brattle.
-Every effort of the rascal will be baffled, for I have given
-instructions to protect Elsie Bellwood, at any cost. He is to see that
-no harm comes to her, even if he has to hire a hundred men to guard her,
-without her knowledge, night and day.”
-
-Diamond was listening, with astonishment unbounded. Who was this
-wonderful man, who did not hesitate at any expense, and who could afford
-to employ hundreds of men for such a purpose?
-
-The whole yarn seemed crazy enough, and still the Virginian was
-impressed, despite himself. And Frank Merriwell felt that Mr. Noname
-spoke nothing but the solemn truth. Believing this, he breathed easier
-for the safety of Elsie.
-
-“If what you say is true,” said Diamond, “you should be able to destroy
-Martin Brattle, and bring his evil work to an end. Why don’t you do it?”
-
-The Mystery gazed fixedly at Jack for some moments, and then answered:
-
-“No matter how much power I possess, I have never yet destroyed a human
-life. I am waiting till Brattle brings about his own destruction, which
-he will do as surely as we are sitting here at this moment.”
-
-Frank thought of Sport Harris, and others who had wrought their own
-destruction, and the belief that evil-doing brings its just deserts grew
-upon him. Diamond seemed to feel rebuked. He sat back on his chair,
-biting his lips.
-
-“Now,” said Mr. Noname, “I will complete telling you about this fan.”
-
-He lifted it from the table, and the eyes of all three were turned upon
-it.
-
-“This,” he declared, “is the instrument by which Frank Merriwell was to
-be removed from the world!”
-
-“But how?” urged Merry.
-
-“Look here—see me press on the fan like this, as I hold it in this
-manner. Now, look near that end, which is toward you, and you will
-discover protruding from the side of the fan a tiny needle-point. Look
-close. Do you see it?”
-
-They saw it.
-
-“Now, I release the pressure here,” continued the Man of Mystery, “and
-that point disappears, having slid back into its socket.”
-
-This was true.
-
-“When the woman reached out to tap Frank Merriwell on the wrist, she
-pressed on the fan to cause the needle-point to project. If she had
-struck him, she would have pricked his flesh with that point.”
-
-“Go on!” urged Merry breathlessly, his face growing pale as he
-anticipated what was coming.
-
-“The point of that needle is covered with a strange and subtle poison.
-Your blood would have been inoculated with it. From that moment, unless
-the piece of flesh about the needle-prick had been cut out, and the
-wound cauterized, the poison would have been working in your system. You
-would have heeded the wound on your wrist very little, or not at all,
-for it would not have swelled, or seemed troublesome. After a time, you
-would have felt pains in the region of your heart. Then it would have
-been too late for any earthly power to save you!”
-
-“Good God!” gasped Jack Diamond, overcome by his feelings. “Can such a
-thing be true?”
-
-“It is true,” affirmed the Mystery.
-
-“Then, for Heaven’s sake, Frank, let’s get out of France as quickly as
-we can! If the prick of a needle will cause death, there is no telling
-when we may be done to death!”
-
-Jack Diamond’s agitation was not strange, under the circumstances. It
-would have been far more remarkable if he had shown no agitation.
-
-Frank sat there, staring at that fan. For the first time, he fully
-realized how close to death he had been, and his face was a trifle pale.
-
-“You are absolutely positive of what you say?” he finally asked.
-
-“Do you doubt?” asked the Man of Mystery. “If I have not told you the
-truth, why is that needle hidden in the fan?”
-
-“Why, indeed?”
-
-Frank did not doubt any longer.
-
-“Give me the fan!” he exclaimed. “I want it! I want to keep it, along
-with other curiosities I have gathered in various parts of the world.”
-
-“You are not yet out of France. You seem to feel that you will leave the
-country. Are you going at once?”
-
-“What do you mean? Am I going to run away?”
-
-“You realize your danger. There is nothing to keep you here longer. Why
-shouldn’t you go?”
-
-“Do you urge me to go?”
-
-“I urge you to do nothing. Follow your own desires.”
-
-“I must have time to think it over. I do not fancy being driven out of
-the country in such a manner! If there was a show of making a fight——”
-
-“But you see now what dangers beset you. In a moment, when you know not,
-death may descend upon you. Your enemies believe you are dangerous to
-them. You cannot convince them otherwise.”
-
-“Come, Frank!” urged Diamond. “You know I am not a coward, but this
-business is altogether too much. You can’t fight such sneaking and
-dastardly foes. A brave man hates to retreat, but foolish persistence is
-not bravery.”
-
-Frank actually laughed aloud.
-
-“This is the first time on record that Jack Diamond ever gave anybody
-such counsel,” he declared. “If he were in my shoes, I’ll wager he would
-be stubborn enough to stick right here, no matter what came.”
-
-“Oh, no!” cried Jack. “I can fight an enemy that comes out into the
-open, but I want nothing of the kind that skulks and sneaks.”
-
-“What will you do?” asked Mr. Noname, his eyes fixed on Frank’s face.
-
-“Think it over till to-morrow,” was the answer. “Give me the fan.”
-
-“No; I shall keep it.”
-
-Frank was disappointed.
-
-“It is a thing I should prize.”
-
-“I may need it.”
-
-“For what?”
-
-“Evidence.”
-
-“Against whom?”
-
-“That woman.”
-
-“Then you expect to see her again?”
-
-“Perhaps so; perhaps not. Who can tell? However, when I have all the
-evidence I want, I may place it before the police. Just now, it would
-not do, for they would call me a madman, and shut me up.”
-
-“I haven’t a doubt of it.”
-
-“While it is known there exists an Anti-Dreyfus League, the public at
-large will not believe the league will resort to dishonorable means and
-crime in order to keep the captive fast on Devil’s Island. If any man
-were to tell the whole truth about the organization, he would be called
-a raving maniac, and placed in a cell without delay.”
-
-Frank was much disappointed, for he longed to possess that fan, which
-would be a great and valuable addition to his collection of curious
-things gathered in various parts of the world. He knew that Mr. Noname
-spoke the truth, however, and he understood why the man wished to secure
-and retain as much evidence against the league as possible.
-
-“Besides,” said the Mystery, “they will try to recover this fan. If you
-were to have it in your possession, it might add to your peril.”
-
-“Then let it alone, Frank!” exclaimed Jack. “You do not want it! You are
-in danger enough!”
-
-“That’s true,” confessed Merry. “I fancy I’ll have my hands full to look
-out for myself.”
-
-“The theater is about to let out,” said Mr. Noname. “It will be well for
-you to leave before the crowd does. In the crowd, something might happen
-to Mr. Merriwell between this table and the street.”
-
-Jack grasped Frank’s arm.
-
-“Let’s go at once!” he said.
-
-Frank arose quietly.
-
-“Good night,” he said, speaking to Mr. Noname. “When shall I see you
-again?”
-
-“No person can tell,” was the answer. “I do not know. I will keep the
-fan. Farewell.”
-
-It was plain the Mystery spoke of the fan in order that the men near
-might hear, and know it was not in the possession of Frank. Mr. Noname
-seemed to fear no peril to himself. When they were outside the theater,
-Jack again urged Frank to leave France without delay.
-
-“Let’s not talk about it any more to-night,” said Merry. “I am tired.”
-
-“Tired!” exclaimed the Virginian. “Good gracious! I don’t see how you
-can think of that now! What has happened is enough to make anybody
-forget fatigue. Why, while you remain in France, you cannot feel safe
-for a moment! On the street, or in your room at the hotel, you are in
-danger of being assassinated! It is horrible!”
-
-Frank realized the full dimensions of the peril.
-
-“It’s rather too much sport,” he confessed. “I didn’t bargain for
-anything of the sort.”
-
-“It will not be from a lack of courage, if you leave France,” urged
-Jack. “Why should you remain here to be killed? You can do no good by
-staying here longer.”
-
-“Perhaps not.”
-
-“Of course you cannot. How can you?”
-
-“We have planned to stay longer.”
-
-“That makes no difference. I have seen enough of Paris, and so have
-Browning and Rattleton. We did have a splendid time in England, but
-now——”
-
-“You were the most eager to get away from England.”
-
-“You know why, Frank. I explained it all to you. Since leaving there, I
-have tried to forget Juliet Reynolds. I find I can’t forget so easily.”
-
-“And now you are ready to go back to her?”
-
-“I did not say that.”
-
-“But you meant it. I am afraid you are hard hit, Jack.”
-
-“I’m afraid so, too, Merry; and, still, I know I’d never be happy if I
-were to win her, and marry her. I must keep away from her, that is all.
-It’s my only salvation.”
-
-“Can you?”
-
-“I can, and will!”
-
-“That is a good resolution.”
-
-“But it is not what we were talking about. You have explained why you
-had a secret from the rest of us, and I understand it now, but I do not
-understand your desire to remain longer in Paris.”
-
-“Did you ever know Frank Merriwell to turn his back on danger?”
-
-“No; but this is different. What have you to gain by continuing the
-fearful risk? Nothing.”
-
-“Look here, Diamond, I may have nothing to gain, but there is one thing
-I fear if I leave France now.”
-
-“What is it?”
-
-“I fear I shall never forgive myself for doing so.”
-
-“Better never forgive yourself than to be murdered.”
-
-“I don’t know. I’d rather be dead than to always feel myself a coward.”
-
-This brought a fierce protest from Jack, who declared there would be
-nothing cowardly in going away. Over this point they argued for some
-time, till Merry again protested that he was too tired to talk further
-about it that night.
-
-“Jack,” he said, “I want you to promise me something.”
-
-“Name it.”
-
-“I want you to promise to say nothing about what has happened. You are
-not to let Browning or Rattleton know the particulars.”
-
-“Why? Why shouldn’t they know now? I think it is your duty to tell them,
-Frank.”
-
-“It will disturb them, without doing the least good. Why should they be
-alarmed needlessly? No. Yet a little while longer you must be silent. I
-will say when you may tell everything.”
-
-It was not easy to induce Jack to make the promise, but Merry succeeded,
-at length.
-
-Rattleton and Browning were in bed, and asleep, when the hotel was
-reached. Under the door of Frank Merriwell’s room, a sheet of paper had
-been thrust. On the paper was written:
-
- “The end draws near!”
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX.
-
- THE BOMB.
-
-
-When, at last, he went to bed that night, Frank Merriwell slept the
-sleep of exhaustion. He did not know that all through the dark hours
-Jack Diamond watched over him like a faithful dog. He did not know that
-Diamond was unable to close his eyes in sleep. He did not know the
-Virginian paced the room, thinking, thinking, thinking. The light burned
-low, as Diamond had turned it on. Frank lay breathing regularly,
-perfectly motionless in the bed. After walking up and down a long time,
-after looking from the window out upon the street, where a few stray
-human beings flitted past beneath the electrics, Diamond came and stood
-beside the bed, looking at Frank.
-
-Jack’s heart was full. He was beset by deep emotions.
-
-“The whitest fellow who ever drew the breath of life!” he murmured, as
-he gazed at his sleeping comrade. “In many ways, he has made me what I
-am. I know it now. He has been my model, and, as far as possible, I have
-tried to be like him. I am not ashamed of having a model! If all fellows
-could have one like Frank Merriwell, and they would try to imitate him,
-it would be well for them.
-
-“He has shown me my failings without once mentioning them to me. Never
-has he told me I was mean, and fretful, and a poor comrade, yet I know I
-have been. I know lots of fellows would have sickened of me, but Frank
-Merriwell has not. He has seemed to understand me, and to know all my
-petulance and ill temper would pass away in time. He has shown me how to
-be master of myself, and the task of conquering myself has been, at
-times, the hardest thing I ever attempted. I don’t think I’ve always
-succeeded in my efforts, but I am sure I have at times, and I have felt
-better for it.
-
-“And now, to think that such a fellow should be in danger of losing his
-life at any moment, although he is in perfect health, and has the
-brightest prospects before him! It is awful! He has made all plans to go
-back to Yale in the fall, and, goodness knows, Old Eli needs him badly
-enough! Why, I believe the fellows would mob us if we permitted him to
-be assassinated here in Paris!
-
-“Think of Frank Merriwell, the darling of Yale, murdered by a lot of
-cowardly wretches, who are fighting to keep an innocent man in a living
-tomb! And his peril is something awful! Those dastards are powerful, and
-it is folly to defy them. Frank must leave France at once! But how may
-he be induced to go?”
-
-That was a question for Diamond to study over, and he spent more than an
-hour trying to answer it. Once he muttered:
-
-“I must put up a job with Browning and Rattleton, and carry him away!
-It’s a desperate plan, but it must be done. Can I get them to join me?
-How will I work it?”
-
-He pondered on various plans, but remembered that he had given Frank a
-promise to say nothing to Bruce and Harry about the terrible danger by
-which Merry was beset.
-
-“I was a fool to make such a promise!” he exclaimed.
-
-The temptation to break it was strong, but Diamond was a fellow of
-veracity, and he was forced to decide that he would not follow that
-course. If he did not, how could he induce Rattleton and Browning to
-join him in his wild project to carry Merry bodily from France?
-
-After a time, he decided that it would be impossible. They would think
-him crazy if he proposed such a thing. Then he began to plan other
-schemes. At last, he decided to telegraph the whole facts to Dolph
-Reynolds. He would ask Dolph to send a despatch, stating that Elsie
-Bellwood was seriously ill.
-
-“I’ll do it!” the Virginian exclaimed. “He may never forgive me, but
-I’ll stand it! It is for his good, and it shall be done! To-morrow, I’ll
-lose no time in sending the message to Reynolds. Frank will be hustling
-out of France in a few hours. Heaven grant that he may get out before
-the Black Brothers do their dastardly work!”
-
-It was daybreak before Jack closed his eyes. Even then, he could not
-sleep soundly. He dreamed that Merriwell was in frightful peril. He
-seemed to see Frank enfolded in the coils of a monster serpent, and
-struggling to escape. For all of his struggles, the coils drew tighter
-and tighter, slowly crushing the life from Merry’s body. He saw Frank’s
-eyes bulging from his head, and his tongue hanging out, and the sight
-filled him with such horror as seldom comes to one, save in dreams. He
-tried to rush to the rescue of the friend he loved, but seemed frozen to
-the ground, unable to move hand or foot. He tried to shriek with anguish
-of soul, and——
-
-Frank Merriwell shook him till he awoke!
-
-“Come, come, old fellow!” laughed Merry. “You were having a fearful time
-of it. You seemed to be straining every nerve, and the gasps and gurgles
-that came from your throat appeared to indicate that you were
-strangling. It must have been a bad dream.”
-
-“It was,” said Jack gloomily. “And the worst is that I fear it is
-prophetic.”
-
-He then told Frank what he had dreamed.
-
-“Oh, pshaw!” cried Merry lightly. “You were affected by our experiences
-last night. I don’t know that I wonder at it, but I rather think there
-is no great danger that the serpent will crush me. Take a good look at
-the bright sunshine coming in at that window, and let it drive the
-clouds away.”
-
-“It’ll take more than sunshine to do that, as long as we remain in
-France, Merriwell,” declared the Virginian.
-
-To his surprise, Frank seemed almost light-hearted. This was something
-Diamond could not understand. Jack had determined to make one more
-appeal to Merry, and this he did; but Frank turned the subject, and more
-than ever was the Virginian determined to carry out his plan of drawing
-his friend from France by means of the false telegram.
-
-Rattleton was up, but it was necessary to drag Browning out of bed. Both
-Harry and Bruce were delighted to find Merry once more in a lively mood.
-
-“Now you seem like yourself,” declared Rattleton. “You have been glum
-enough for awhile. Acted like you were under a spell, but I rather think
-the spell is lifted.”
-
-“If he only knew!” thought Jack.
-
-After breakfast, Diamond looked for an opportunity to get away from the
-others, to send the telegram to Dolph Reynolds; but, when he started
-out, he was joined by Frank.
-
-“A good, brisk walk will do us both good,” said Frank. “Come on, old
-man.”
-
-Diamond was not ready with excuses and subterfuges, and so he went
-along, hoping something would turn up to give him the opportunity he
-sought. Frank did not loiter in the gardens, but sought the crowded
-thoroughfares of the city, for the business portion of Paris was
-a-bustle thus early in the day.
-
-It was mid-forenoon when they halted for a moment, and stood on a
-curbing, where they could look along one of the thoroughfares of the
-city. Jack had kept his eyes open, for he felt that Frank was constantly
-menaced by deadly danger. He it was who saw a man approach a window in
-the second story of a building opposite where they stood, and fling it
-open.
-
-“Look, Frank!” he exclaimed.
-
-“Where?”
-
-“Up there!”
-
-“What is it?”
-
-“Mr. Noname! What is he doing there?”
-
-Frank recognized the man who had opened the window as the mysterious
-being known as Mr. Noname. Something queer in the actions of the man
-caused both lads to watch him. He stepped back from the window for a
-moment, and there was a little flare of light, as if he had struck a
-match. Then he came to the window, with a spring, thrust his head out,
-looked up and down the street, and lifted his hand.
-
-“A signal!” said Jack.
-
-But it was not a signal. In the hand of the strange man was an object
-from which a tiny wreath of blue smoke curled upward. He lifted that
-hand, and flung the smoking object straight at Frank Merriwell! A cry
-escaped the lips of Diamond.
-
-“A bomb!” he shouted.
-
-Down toward the young American flew the object, and then, quick as
-thought, Frank Merriwell caught the spluttering thing with the skill of
-a baseball-player!
-
-“Drop it! Run!”
-
-Diamond caught hold of Frank as he gasped the words. Instead of that,
-Frank Merriwell lifted the bomb to his mouth, caught the fuse in his
-teeth, and bit it off!
-
-By his remarkable presence of mind, Frank Merriwell had prevented an
-explosion, perhaps had saved his life and Diamond’s. He had bitten the
-fuse off close to the bomb.
-
-Jack Diamond was paralyzed with astonishment.
-
-Frank spat the end of the fuse from his mouth, observing:
-
-“I rather think that will prevent the thing from doing any damage.”
-
-“Great heavens!” gasped the Virginian. “How could you think to do it?”
-
-“Had to think. Case of necessity. Now, I want to know what this means.”
-
-“It means murder! It means treachery! That old madman threw the bomb!”
-
-“Mr. Noname?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“I saw him.”
-
-“He’s turned on you, Frank.”
-
-“Looks that way. He’ll have to explain.”
-
-“He can’t.”
-
-“He’s gone from the window.”
-
-That was true; the Mystery had disappeared. This astonishing scene had
-been witnessed by several persons. Two officers came hurrying up, and
-asked a score of questions.
-
-“It’s a bomb,” explained Frank.
-
-“Le bomb! le bomb!” cried the crowd that had gathered.
-
-“And the man who threw it is in that building!” shouted Diamond. “He
-threw it from that open window. He is in there now. Capture him! Arrest
-him!”
-
-“Arrest him!” shouted the crowd.
-
-“You know him? You can identify him?” asked the officers.
-
-“In a minute!”
-
-“Come with us!”
-
-They dashed across the street, and entered the café, from the second
-story of which the bomb had been thrown. Up-stairs they dashed.
-
-“It will go hard with Mr. Noname if he is caught now,” said Frank.
-
-“It should!” hissed Diamond. “The man is a maniac! I have felt it all
-along! I have feared him!”
-
-Diamond was eager to capture the Mystery, but, when the room was reached
-from which the bomb had been thrown, all they found was a quiet-looking,
-smooth-faced man, who was seated at a table, drinking coffee, and
-looking over a morning paper. The officers demanded of Frank and Jack if
-that were the man. They seemed disappointed when both lads declared it
-was not. Then they questioned the man, who seemed greatly surprised. Had
-he seen another person in the room? He had. A man had entered a short
-time before, but he had not noticed him in particular, as he was sitting
-with his back toward the window. The man had just left the room in a
-hurried manner. Whither did he go? The door by which he had departed was
-pointed out.
-
-The officers were eager to capture the bomb-thrower. It would be greatly
-to their credit. They hastened from the room by the door. Frank and Jack
-followed. Barely were they out of the room when Frank stopped.
-
-“This is mighty queer,” he said.
-
-“What?” asked the Virginian.
-
-“That the man in there knows nothing of the bomb-throwing.”
-
-“That’s right.”
-
-“I believe he knows more than he has told.”
-
-“You may be right.”
-
-“He should be watched.”
-
-“Sure thing.”
-
-“Go back, and keep an eye on him, Diamond.”
-
-“All right.”
-
-Jack rushed back to the room, and then a cry came from him. Wondering
-what had happened, Frank hurried after him.
-
-“What is it, Jack?” he asked.
-
-“The man!”
-
-“What?”
-
-“Gone!”
-
-It was true. The man had lost no time in getting out of that room. His
-coffee was on the table, and his paper lay on the floor. Frank Merriwell
-dashed down the stairs, hoping to prevent the man from escaping. He was
-too late to do so, however, for the stranger had left the restaurant.
-Once outside in the crowd, he had melted away.
-
-“We have been chumps!” exclaimed Frank regretfully. “I am sure he was
-the one who could have explained everything.”
-
-“I am sure of it, too,” nodded Diamond.
-
-The search through the building did not result in the capture of the man
-who threw the bomb.
-
-Of course, Frank was requested to accompany the police to headquarters,
-and tell everything he knew, while the café was placed under
-surveillance. Frank told his story, and the bomb was turned over to the
-police, who promised to make a thorough investigation.
-
-“Which will result in nothing,” said Diamond gloomily. “They have taken
-your address, Merry, but all they will do is call round at the hotel,
-and pump you with questions.”
-
-Frank was puzzled more than he wished to confess. It seemed certain that
-Mr. Noname had deliberately attempted to destroy him, and that was
-something he could not understand. If the man was an enemy, why had he
-saved his life so many times?
-
-Diamond redoubled his argument for leaving France with all possible
-haste.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XX.
-
- FRANK PROTECTS THE MYSTERY.
-
-
-Mystery had followed mystery with astonishing swiftness, and the very
-atmosphere of Paris now seemed full of danger and death. Of this Frank
-Merriwell and Jack Diamond were aware, while Bruce Browning and Harry
-Rattleton were in blissful ignorance. Harry and Bruce did not understand
-why, as soon as Merry and Jack returned to the hotel, they shut
-themselves into a room, and seemed to hold a secret conclave.
-
-Diamond’s excitement had increased. He paced up and down the floor, his
-face pale, and his eyes glowing.
-
-“I tell you, Merriwell, it is madness to remain here!” he asserted. “You
-must confess it now. The one on whom I believe you depended almost
-wholly for protection has turned against you. What can you do now? I am
-certain you had begun to think this Mr. Noname possessed of supernatural
-powers, and you fancied he could protect you from the assassins who
-sought your destruction. Now you can no longer rely on his aid. Instead
-of that it is certain he will do all he can to destroy you.”
-
-“Why should he?”
-
-“Answer your own question.”
-
-“I cannot.”
-
-“I can!”
-
-“Then do!”
-
-“He is mad.”
-
-“You think so?”
-
-“I have no doubt of it. I have believed it all the time. You know, I
-have told you so before.”
-
-“I know.”
-
-“He has the eyes of a maniac.”
-
-“Do you say that because his eyes are deep and dark?”
-
-“No. They have a strange glitter. He seems to look a person through and
-through.”
-
-“That is true.”
-
-“Besides, at times his words have been those of a maniac. He has not
-talked like a sane man. You must confess it.”
-
-“I do not know.”
-
-“You must know—you do know! You cannot say you have never observed
-anything remarkable in his language. He has claimed to be your good
-genius.”
-
-“Well he might, for he has saved my life repeatedly.”
-
-“He has seemed to.”
-
-“What do you mean by ‘seemed to’?”
-
-“How do you know he has not been plotting your destruction all the
-time?”
-
-“It is not possible.”
-
-“It is possible! Wait a minute. You have been in no end of trouble since
-you met him, haven’t you?”
-
-“Yes, but——”
-
-“How do you know he has not been at the bottom of it all?”
-
-“Ridiculous!”
-
-“Nothing of the sort!” persisted the Virginian warmly. “It would be like
-the unaccountable acts of a madman. He might get you into all this
-trouble, Frank, so that he could pretend to save you.”
-
-“Why should he do that?”
-
-“Who can account for the actions of a madman? He wishes to make himself
-notorious. He had wished that you should believe him very wonderful. He
-may have plotted against you all the time, and——”
-
-“No!” cried Frank; “I cannot, and will not, believe that of Mr. Noname!”
-
-“Thank you!”
-
-The door had swung open, and Mr. Noname himself stepped in, speaking the
-words of thanks as he entered. Diamond stood in the middle of the room,
-thunderstruck for the moment, his hands clenched, his finely chiseled
-face stern and grim.
-
-The Man of Mystery closed the door behind him, and turned toward the two
-young Americans, quietly saying:
-
-“I have just learned of what happened to you this morning, Mr.
-Merriwell, and I have come here to listen to the story from your own
-lips.”
-
-“Well, that is what I call bluff!” grated Jack.
-
-“Why should you come to me, when you were concerned in it?” asked Merry.
-“You know what happened as well as I. But I am glad you have come, for
-now you must give me an explanation.”
-
-“You say I know what happened, but I swear that I know nothing beyond
-what I have heard!”
-
-“You were there.”
-
-“I was not.”
-
-“Liar!” panted the Virginian. “We both saw you! We saw you throw the
-bomb!”
-
-The strange man turned his dark eyes on the hot-blooded Virginian, and
-he spoke in a calm tone:
-
-“It makes no difference what you may think you saw. I deny taking any
-part in it.”
-
-“Do you deny that you hurled a bomb at me?” asked Frank, astonished.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Deny it as much as you like!” cried Diamond; “you did it! But for
-Merriwell’s quick wit, we should have been blown to pieces! You tried to
-kill us!”
-
-“What folly! Why should I try to kill you?”
-
-“Answer that question yourself.”
-
-“I answer it by swearing that I know nothing about it. Of you, Mr.
-Merriwell, I ask to know the full story. As I have saved you from danger
-and death many times, I appeal to you now.”
-
-“And this is the creature who professed to be your guardian angel!”
-sneered Jack. “This is the creature who said he’d always be near to
-protect you!”
-
-The Mystery made a gesture, half of anger, half of reproof.
-
-“You know not what you are saying,” he declared. “Tell me all, Frank
-Merriwell.”
-
-Frank did so, in a very few words. The man listened till he had
-finished.
-
-“Now,” exclaimed Diamond, “what have you to say to that? We both saw you
-at the window! We both saw you throw the bomb!”
-
-“You may have thought you saw me.”
-
-“Listen to that, Frank! What do you think of it for nerve?”
-
-“It seems,” said the man, “that somebody who looked like me must have
-thrown this bomb.”
-
-“That is thin! Why, do you think we would not know your clothes, your
-beard, your long black hair, your face? We are not fools! You are the
-man! You have pretended to be Merriwell’s friend, but to-day you sought
-to blow him to pieces!”
-
-“I would sooner think of putting a gun to my head, and blowing out my
-own brains,” said the man solemnly.
-
-“Bah! You cannot make us believe that now!”
-
-“I have been misunderstood all my life,” said the man rather sadly. “It
-is not remarkable that such should be the case now. Well, it makes no
-difference. I do not care. I will continue to prove my friendship to
-Frank Merriwell by protecting him from peril.”
-
-“By Heaven!” shouted Diamond fiercely; “you shall answer for your
-attempt on his life! I believe you have been at the bottom of all his
-trouble in Paris! I believe you have brought all this danger upon him!
-You shall not escape now!”
-
-The Mystery took a step toward the door, but, of a sudden, the Virginian
-drew a revolver, and pointed it straight at the man, fiercely
-commanding:
-
-“Stop! Take another step, and I’ll drop you! You shall not slip away
-this time!”
-
-The man paused, and looked at Frank.
-
-Merry had been surprised by the swift action of his friend, and now he
-cried:
-
-“Down with that revolver, Diamond! If you do not——”
-
-“Never!” snarled Jack. “If you will not hold this man for the officers,
-I will! I shall turn him over to them, and——”
-
-“You will do nothing of the sort!”
-
-Frank made a leap, and was upon Diamond. He grasped Jack’s wrist, and,
-like a flash, wrenched the revolver from his hand. Then he turned to the
-Man Without a Name.
-
-“Go!” he said. “I will protect you once, in return for the many times
-you have protected me. For all that appearances are against you, I will
-trust you.”
-
-“And you shall never have cause to regret it,” assured the Mystery, as
-he departed.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXI.
-
- THE TURN OF THE TIDE.
-
-
-It was impossible to tell when a Dreyfus agitation would break out in
-France during those anxious months. The day following the events just
-related, one took place. The courts were in session, and the friends of
-Dreyfus sprang a surprise by having a new feature of the case called up,
-and an attempt made to reopen the whole affair. Then, in a most amazing
-manner, a great array of evidence in favor of the prisoner of Devil’s
-Island piled up. It fairly took away the breath of his enemies.
-
-English and American newspapers printed the report that a steamer had
-been sent to Devil’s Island, with a strong military guard, for the
-purpose of taking Dreyfus off, and bringing him back to France, where he
-would have a new trial. These reports were cabled to Paris without
-delay. Everybody sought confirmation of them, and then a prominent
-French paper came out with the assertion that it was absolutely true,
-and that Dreyfus was on his way to France even then!
-
-All Paris seemed to be hushed in waiting for some great thing that must
-follow.
-
-Jack Diamond was the first to get hold of the paper that printed the
-cabled reports from the English and American papers, and announced
-beneath that it was absolutely true that Dreyfus was on his way to
-France. Diamond had tried to keep Frank Merriwell in the hotel while the
-excitement was going on in the streets, but had not been successful.
-Frank had persisted in venturing out to witness “the sport,” although
-Jack had warned him that he was taking his life in his hand. Nothing had
-happened to Merry, however.
-
-Diamond came rushing into the hotel with the newspaper, and placed it
-before Frank, pointing out the report mentioned. Frank read it, and his
-face flushed with satisfaction.
-
-“Frank!” warned Jack.
-
-“What is it?”
-
-“The Black Brothers will be desperate now. They will be striking their
-final blows. You had better keep still, and lay low.”
-
-“I believe the whole Anti-Dreyfus League will be hunting their holes. I
-do not believe the Black Brothers will have much to do but lay low.”
-
-“That’s a queer idea.”
-
-“See if I am not right.”
-
-Frank was elated, and he could talk of nothing else, save the turn of
-the tide in favor of Dreyfus. He insisted on going out that night, and
-they dined in the open air, beneath the trees, Browning and Rattleton
-going along.
-
-The American lads were surprised at the calmness of the people, who had
-seemed so wildly excited a short time before. Listening, they heard men
-quietly saying, one to another, that Dreyfus was coming back at last.
-Some of them said there would be bloodshed the hour he set his feet on
-French soil, but they said it quietly, as if it were useless to struggle
-against fate.
-
-Several striking-looking men came and took a table near Frank and his
-friends. These men talked with more excitement than had any others that
-night, but they were not arguing over the fate of Dreyfus. Instead, they
-were discussing the disruption of the Anti-Dreyfus League.
-
-“Listen to that, Jack!” breathed Frank. “Those men belong to the
-league.”
-
-“They are members of the lower order.”
-
-“That is plain, for they are discussing the doings of the higher order.”
-
-“And they do not seem pleased over it.”
-
-“Not much!”
-
-“It seems that there has been a serious split in the league.”
-
-“Sure thing.”
-
-“And that means—just what, Frank?”
-
-“The moment the league gets out from behind the Black Brothers, the
-assassin band hunts its hole. Those creatures will no longer be
-dangerous. The league paid them to do its bloody work, and, when the
-league ceases to exist, the Brothers will cease to be.”
-
-“You may be right.”
-
-“I’m sure of it! Oh, my dear fellow, things are coming out all right in
-France! Justice may sleep for a time, but there comes an hour when she
-awakens. That hour has arrived.”
-
-“Well, dow the hickens—I mean, how the dickens is it that you are so
-intensely interested in the business, anyway, Frank? You and Jack talk
-as if it might be a matter of life or death with you.”
-
-“So it may,” declared Merry.
-
-Browning gave a grunt.
-
-“Huah!” he said. “Don’t talk in riddles. What do you mean, anyhow?”
-
-“That’s right,” urged Rattleton; “what do you mean?”
-
-“That the turn affairs have taken may save my life.”
-
-“Your life?” mumbled the big fellow.
-
-“Your life?” gurgled Harry.
-
-“That’s what I said.”
-
-“And it is gospel truth!” nodded Diamond solemnly.
-
-“Oh, say!” came from Harry; “get down onto the earth, and give it to us
-straight! Merry might be stringing us; but when did you start in backing
-him up in his practical jokes, Diamond?”
-
-“There is no joke about this. I should say Frank is ready to tell you
-about the whole thing. When he does, you’ll drop dead!”
-
-“As much as that?” murmured Browning. “I haven’t made a will.”
-
-“What do you wish to leave?” asked Harry, with a grin.
-
-“My will; it’s all I have to leave, and I want to leave something.”
-
-“Tell us about this business,” urged Rattleton, speaking to Frank. Merry
-had decided to do so, and he explained the whole affair in a few
-well-chosen words. Their amazement increased as he proceeded. It did not
-take them long to see that he was in sober earnest, and they listened
-breathlessly. When he had finished, they were indignant.
-
-“And you never told us?” questioned Rattleton resentfully.
-
-“Not a word!” came angrily from Bruce.
-
-“I found out the truth by accident,” said Diamond.
-
-“Is that the proper way to treat your friends, Frank?” asked Bruce
-almost sorrowfully.
-
-Merry then explained how he was bound to secrecy as long as the metal
-ball was in his possession.
-
-“Yes; but you did not tell after that.”
-
-“I didn’t know but I should be forced to flee from France to save my
-life,” said Frank; “and, to be honest, I didn’t want you to know I had
-taken to my heels.”
-
-From any other fellow, this might have seemed a reasonable explanation;
-but, although it was spoken openly and honestly, it seemed like a
-confession of a weakness, and they were looking for nothing of the sort
-in him. However, if he really had a weakness, it seemed natural that he
-should be the first to discover it, and expose it.
-
-“That’s a pretty slim excuse!” growled the big Yale man. “I think you
-have treated us in a thundering shabby manner!”
-
-“I can’t help it, boys. I may have to skip out of France now, but
-something tells me that the hour of great danger is past.”
-
-At this moment, a man and a woman sat down at a table just vacated by a
-party. The man was tall, dark, scowling; the woman was young, handsome,
-scornful. There was something extremely unpleasant about her, even
-though she was handsome. As she sat down with her companion, he said
-something that caused her to laugh. Frank Merriwell started as if he had
-been shot. His hand went out, and fell on Jack Diamond’s arm.
-
-“I have heard that laugh before!” he whispered. “She is Mademoiselle
-Nameless!”
-
-“The woman who tried to murder you!” replied the Virginian.
-
-“The same!” nodded Merry.
-
-As the man and woman sat down, several of the men at another table,
-those whom the boys had heard talking together, bowed coldly to the
-newcomers. One or two of the men stared at them in stony silence.
-
-The man with the woman returned the stare, and his lips curled with
-contempt. He was a dangerous-looking fellow, but no more dangerous than
-the woman. There was something about her that proclaimed her desperate
-and deadly.
-
-Frank had a fine opportunity to study her face. It was not long before
-she saw him, and she actually smiled upon him! That smile angered him,
-but he held himself in check.
-
-The woman spoke to her escort, and she was heard to say:
-
-“There is the young American who caused so much disturbance, Monsieur
-Merriwell. I think there was too much fuss made over him.”
-
-“Oh, I don’t know,” growled the man, looking Frank over.
-
-Then he said something to her, as if he did not wish to be heard by
-anybody else, but she immediately gave him away by exclaiming:
-
-“You are sure, Louis—you know the very paper that was in the ball has
-reached the courts?”
-
-“Keep still!” he growled. “It’s not necessary to tell everybody of it!”
-
-“Oh, what’s the use! The game is up, anyhow!”
-
-“Yes; and you are advised to keep your mouth closed. You may be arrested
-with others.”
-
-“If I am, I may take a fancy to tell some surprising things,” she
-laughed. “Just look out that I am not arrested, Louis.”
-
-It was plain both had been drinking, else they would not have spoken so
-loudly. Their words created a stir among the men at the next table.
-Those men turned, and stared at the young Americans, and then they
-jabbered among themselves. All at once, one of them rose, and approached
-the table at which the four lads were sitting.
-
-Diamond was on the alert instantly. He watched the man with the eyes of
-a hawk, thinking he might do something to injure Frank.
-
-The Frenchman spoke politely.
-
-“I beg a thousand pardons, gentlemen,” he said; “but what I have just
-heard leads me to believe one of your number is Monsieur Merriwell. Am I
-right?”
-
-“Yes, sir,” bowed Frank. “I am the one.”
-
-The man looked at Frank.
-
-“I have heard you met with a rather unpleasant adventure recently,
-Monsieur Merriwell.”
-
-“I have had many of them. To what one do you refer?”
-
-The Frenchman hesitated, and then he seemed to decide to come out
-flatly.
-
-“It is said you were captured by some ruffians, who attempted to slay
-you, but were prevented by the gendarmes. Is that true?”
-
-“It is.”
-
-“And, further, that the ruffians were seeking to obtain possession of a
-paper that had been delivered into your hands by Edmond Laforce, the
-Duke of Benoit du Sault. How about that?”
-
-“I know nothing of the paper,” answered Frank truthfully.
-
-“Then you have not turned it over to the courts?”
-
-“No, monsieur. I have never seen it.”
-
-“Nevertheless, in some manner, that paper has reached the courts. It is
-said it will clear Dreyfus. Of that I have doubts, for I believe Dreyfus
-guilty. However, I wished to confirm the story that you were connected
-with the affair. I understand your life has been threatened?”
-
-“And that is true. I have been told that I must leave France, or the
-Anti-Dreyfus League would destroy me.”
-
-“Well, there is no reason why you need fear the Anti-Dreyfus League.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“That order no longer exists. Monsieur Merriwell, you need have no
-further fear of the league.”
-
-“How about the tools of the league?”
-
-“They are harmless now, for the league is not behind them. There is no
-reason why they should molest you.”
-
-There was a scream, and a sudden commotion at the adjoining table.
-Several gendarmes had appeared there, and they were arresting the man
-and the woman. The man was furious, and made a struggle. He tried to
-draw a weapon and place it at his head, plainly with the intention of
-committing suicide, but he was prevented and disarmed. Then irons were
-placed upon him. A hand fell on Frank Merriwell’s arm. He turned his
-head, and saw the Man of Mystery at his elbow.
-
-“You have witnessed the arrest of the chief of the Black Brothers!” said
-Mr. Noname, with great satisfaction. “I have hunted him down! I have
-placed the officers upon him!”
-
-“You?”
-
-“Yes! The band is scattered and broken. One has committed suicide
-to-night, while two others have been arrested. Three have fled from
-Paris. My hired spies have done their work swiftly and well!”
-
-“And you have brought all this about?”
-
-“Even so. More than that, I have solved the mystery of the
-bomb-throwing. In a drawer of the very table at which the man sat,
-drinking coffee and reading a paper, when you rushed into the café to
-capture the bomb-thrower, I discovered—these!”
-
-He held up a false beard, a long-haired wig, and a slouch hat.
-
-“What are those?” asked Diamond.
-
-“The disguise worn by the fellow who threw the bomb. He made himself up
-to look like me. Without doubt, he was the man who was drinking coffee
-when you entered the room. He was one of the band of Black Brothers.”
-
-“I believe it,” nodded Frank.
-
-Now they again turned their attention to the gendarmes, who were
-marching their prisoners away. As they departed, the woman turned, and
-saw Frank standing and staring after her.
-
-“Good night, Monsieur Merriwell!” she called. “You have no reason to
-leave France now. There is no more danger for you. I admire your nerve,
-and that is why I tell you this. Good night, and farewell forever!”
-
-In truth it was “farewell forever.” On the following morning, the woman
-was found dead on the cot in her prison cell. On her left wrist was a
-tiny drop of blood that had oozed from a slight puncture, like a
-pin-prick!
-
-The tide in the affairs of justice in France had turned at last, and in
-the great work of charity toward the unfortunate man who had endured
-years of torture indescribable on Devil’s Island Frank had had a part,
-and no small one, either, as he was to learn later. Looking back on that
-time of danger for the French Republic, before the great public had come
-to realize that a principle was above a party-cry in the affairs of
-democracy, it seems strange that a leading part in the struggle was
-taken by an American, a mere lad. But, as a French statesman said, when
-this comment was made before him: “_Oui, monsieur!_ A lad, a mere lad,
-if you will; but, remember, this mere lad was an American lad, and the
-type of the best of young American manhood!”
-
-Frank’s stay in France was not ended, and he had still to encounter many
-dangers at the hands of his enemies, but we must leave him for the
-present. Of one thing, however, there need be no doubt. Whatever his
-perils, whatever dangers might threaten, Frank Merriwell was not the lad
-to quail. For he was American to the core, and Americans do not fail. It
-might take Frank’s enemies a long time to find it out, but, eventually,
-they would realize all the French statesman meant, when he said: “This
-mere lad was an American lad, and the type of the best of young American
-manhood!”
-
-
- THE END.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
- Medal Library No. 344
-]
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- ● Transcriber’s Notes:
- ○ Missing or obscured punctuation was silently corrected.
- ○ Typographical errors were silently corrected.
- ○ Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation were made consistent only
- when a predominant form was found in this book.
- ○ Text that was in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_);
- text that was bold by “equal” signs (=bold=).
-
-
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRANK MERRIWELL ON THE
-BOULEVARDS ***
-
-***** This file should be named 63752-0.txt or 63752-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/3/7/5/63752/
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-